WO2019242651A1 - Traffic system - Google Patents

Traffic system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019242651A1
WO2019242651A1 PCT/CN2019/091918 CN2019091918W WO2019242651A1 WO 2019242651 A1 WO2019242651 A1 WO 2019242651A1 CN 2019091918 W CN2019091918 W CN 2019091918W WO 2019242651 A1 WO2019242651 A1 WO 2019242651A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lane
driving
traffic
straight
state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/091918
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周立新
贾志光
Original Assignee
周立新
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201810639799.7A external-priority patent/CN110616607A/en
Priority claimed from CN201810639452.2A external-priority patent/CN110616605A/en
Priority claimed from CN201910092669.0A external-priority patent/CN111501448A/en
Priority claimed from CN201910092665.2A external-priority patent/CN111501447A/en
Application filed by 周立新 filed Critical 周立新
Publication of WO2019242651A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019242651A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E01CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS, RAILWAYS, OR BRIDGES
    • E01CCONSTRUCTION OF, OR SURFACES FOR, ROADS, SPORTS GROUNDS, OR THE LIKE; MACHINES OR AUXILIARY TOOLS FOR CONSTRUCTION OR REPAIR
    • E01C1/00Design or layout of roads, e.g. for noise abatement, for gas absorption
    • E01C1/04Road crossings on different levels; Interconnections between roads on different levels

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the technical field of road traffic, and in particular to a traffic system and an urban traffic system having the same.
  • the main purpose of the present invention is to provide a plane transportation system and an urban transportation system with the same, in order to solve the problem of serious traffic jams in left-turn lanes at intersections in the prior art, which affects the traffic system traffic efficiency.
  • a traffic system includes roads that cross each other. Road crossings are divided into intersections and roads outside intersections by setting stop lines at road intersections, and road lanes for roads outside intersections are at least divided into straight up lanes and straight down lanes.
  • a traffic signal is provided above the intersection, which is characterized in that an adjustment zone is provided on the road outside the intersection at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight up lane, and the road on the road outside the intersection adjacent to the straight up lane is adjusted. At least one lane on the outermost side is set as a left turn up lane, a left turn guide line is provided in the adjustment area, and a first left turn traffic signal light is provided at the adjustment area.
  • the traffic signals include a straight traffic signal and a second left-turn traffic signal.
  • the adjustment zone divides the up lane into the front of the adjustment zone and the back of the adjustment zone, and sets at least one lane on the innermost side of the rear zone of the adjustment zone as the first left turn up lane, and the left turn up lane is the second left turn In the up lane, the left turn guidance line starts from the exit of the first left turn up lane and ends at the second left turn up lane.
  • a first straight traffic light is provided on the side of the up lane above the adjustment area and is set at the intersection
  • the straight signal light above the intersection is a second straight signal light
  • a downward straight signal light is provided on the side of the down lane on the upper side of the adjustment area.
  • At least one lane on the outer side of the rear section of the adjustment zone of the up lane is a right-turn lane or a right-turn straight lane.
  • a signal light control system is further included, and the signal light group controlled by the signal control system includes:
  • a first left-turn signal lamp which is disposed in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left-turn up lane;
  • a second left turn signal light which is provided at the intersection and is used to indicate the driving state of a vehicle driving on the second left turn up lane;
  • a first straight traffic signal which is arranged in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the first straight traffic lane;
  • a second straight-through signal light which is arranged at the intersection and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the second straight-up lane;
  • a third straight-moving signal lamp which is arranged in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on a first straight-down lane;
  • U-turn signal light used to indicate the driving status of vehicles driving in the U-turn lane
  • the first non-motor vehicle signal light is used to indicate the driving status of the non-motor vehicle driving in the non-motor lane;
  • the second non-motor vehicle signal light is used to indicate the driving state of the non-motor vehicle driving on the auxiliary passage.
  • the safety blocking mechanism When in an impassable state, can block non-motor vehicles to prevent the passage of non-motor vehicles, and / or when the auxiliary passage is in an impassable state, the safety blocking mechanism can block pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. Vehicles are blocked to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the safety blocking mechanism includes:
  • a display device having a first display state and a second display state, when the display device is in the first display state, the non-motorized lane and / or the auxiliary passage is in a traffic state; when When the display device is in the second display state, the non-motorized lane and / or the auxiliary passage is in a non-traffic state;
  • the blocking device has a passage position and a blocking position.
  • the blocking device When the display device is in the first display state, the blocking device is in the passage position; when the display device is in the second display state, at least a part The blocking device is flipped relative to the ground, and is arranged at an angle with the ground. The blocking device is in the blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the blocking device includes:
  • At least two shells are disposed below the display device
  • a driving assembly disposed in at least one of the housings
  • the flip structure is disposed between at least two of the shells, and can be flipped relative to the shells, and the driving component can drive at least one end of the flip structure to make the flips
  • the structure is flipped relative to the ground.
  • the flip structure includes:
  • the flip body includes a first plate body and a second plate body connected in sequence, the connecting shaft is disposed on a side of the first plate body away from the second plate body, and the flip body surrounds the connection The shaft is flipped, and the second plate body is an arc-shaped plate.
  • the first plate body is a flat plate
  • the flip structure includes:
  • a plurality of reinforcing members are disposed in a cavity formed by the first plate body and the second plate body, and the reinforcing members are connected to both the first plate body and the second plate body.
  • the reinforcing members are disposed at intervals along the extending direction of the connecting shaft.
  • the flip structure further includes:
  • At least one display screen at least one of the display screens is disposed on the first board.
  • the connecting shafts of two adjacent flip structures are welded or snapped or riveted or fastened; and / or two adjacent flips are flipped.
  • the flip bodies of the structure are welded or snapped or riveted or fastened.
  • the driving component includes:
  • a clutch structure the driving structure is capable of driving a driving member of the clutch structure to rotate;
  • An electromagnetic structure when the electromagnetic structure is in an energized state and the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure can drive a driven member of the clutch structure to move toward the active member, so that the The driven part can rotate synchronously with the driving part, and the connecting shaft is connected with the driven part and can rotate together with the driven part, so that the blocking device is in the blocking position.
  • the driving component further includes:
  • a transmission structure which is connected to the driving structure, and drives the active member through the transmission structure;
  • a connecting member, a first end of the connecting member can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure, and a second end of the connecting member is connected to the driven member and can drive the driven member to move, when the electromagnetic structure
  • the electromagnetic structure attracts the first end of the connector so that the first end drives the first end through the second end.
  • the driven member moves toward the driving member until the driving member and the driven member can move synchronously.
  • the driving component further includes:
  • the transition link is connected to the follower through a chain, the transition link can rotate with the follower, and the transition link is connected to the connection shaft to drive the flip body relative to The ground flips.
  • the driving component further includes:
  • a transmission structure which is connected to the driving structure, and drives the active member through the transmission structure;
  • a connecting piece comprising a first part and a second part, the first part being able to be attracted by the electromagnetic structure and moving toward the electromagnetic structure, the second part being connected to the follower and capable of driving When the follower moves, the contact surface between the first part and the second part is an inclined surface.
  • the electromagnetic structure When the electromagnetic structure is in a power-on state and the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure The first part of the connecting member is attracted, so that the first part drives the second part and the driven member to move toward the driving member until the driving member and the driven member (4222b) can Synchronized movement.
  • the driven member has a limiting recess
  • the connecting member extends into the limiting recess and stops with the limiting recess.
  • the transmission structure includes:
  • the speed reducer connects the driving structure and the speed reducer through the transmission belt, and an output shaft of the speed reducer passes through the driving member.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
  • a first sensor disposed on the flip structure and configured to detect a flip angle of the flip structure relative to the ground;
  • the control system is electrically connected to the electromagnetic structure and / or the driving structure.
  • the first sensor sends a signal to the control system, and the control system is turned off.
  • the driving structure is disconnected from the power source, the driving member stops rotating.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
  • a second sensor when the display device is in the second display state and the second sensor detects the passage of a non-motor vehicle, the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure from the power source, and the follower Separate from the active member, the flip structure is flipped under its own weight and is in the passing position.
  • the display device includes:
  • a traffic light assembly is disposed in the outer cover.
  • the traffic light assembly includes at least one red light and at least one green light. When the display device is in the first display state, the green light operates; when the display device When in the second display state, the red light is running.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
  • a player is provided on the display device, and when the display device is in the second display state, the player plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
  • a security protection method for a traffic system is provided.
  • the security blocking mechanism described above is used.
  • the security protection method includes:
  • Step S1 determine the display state of the display device of the safety blocking mechanism
  • the traffic system When the display device is in a first display state, the traffic system is in a passing state and the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism is in a passing position;
  • the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, and the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism is in a blocking position to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the flip structure of the blocking device is flipped relative to the ground to block non-motor vehicles.
  • the electromagnetic structure of the safety blocking mechanism when the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure of the safety blocking mechanism is in an energized state, and the electromagnetic structure engages a connector of the safety blocking mechanism to make the connection
  • the driven member of the clutch structure of the safety blocking mechanism moves toward the driving member of the clutch structure until the driving member and the driven member can move synchronously, and the driving structure of the safety blocking mechanism drives the The driving member of the clutch structure rotates, and the driving member drives the driven member and the turning structure to flip.
  • the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the driving structure from the power source, and the electromagnetic The structure is still powered.
  • step S2 when the display device is in the second display state and the second sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects the passage of a non-motor vehicle, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism is disconnected
  • the connection between the electromagnetic structure and the power source, the follower is separated from the drive, and the overturning structure is turned over under its own weight and is in the passing position.
  • the player of the safety blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
  • the safety blocking mechanism includes at least: a power device for providing power for the operation of the safety blocking mechanism;
  • Blocking device when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device is in the passing state; when the road is forbidden, at least a part of the blocking device is turned upward relative to the ground plane under the traction of the power unit and the transmission system, and is opposite to the ground Set at an angle, the blocking device is in the blocking state to avoid the passage of non-motor vehicles;
  • Transmission system for cutting off or transmitting the power provided by the power unit
  • a control system electrically connected to the power device and / or the clutch device, for detecting external information and controlling the power device and / or the transmission system through electric signals to control and adjust the operating state of the blocking device;
  • the control system when the blocking device is in the blocking position, if a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, the control system will adjust the operating state of the blocking device to prevent the non-motor vehicle driver from being injured and / or the The security blocking mechanism was destroyed.
  • the blocking device includes:
  • the turning structure is arranged in a position parallel to the ground and can be turned relative to the ground.
  • the transmission system can drive at least one end of the turning structure to turn the turning structure relative to the ground.
  • the flip structure includes:
  • the first connecting shaft is connected with the transmission system
  • the second connecting shaft is connected to the first connecting shaft through a connecting element and is flipped with the first connecting shaft;
  • a plurality of flip bodies are connected to the second connecting shaft, and the flip bodies are turned along with the second connecting shaft, and the flip bodies are rectangular plates.
  • the second connection shaft is a square shaft, and the flip body and the second connection shaft are connected by welding or snap-fitting or riveting or fastening; the first connection shaft and the second connection shaft pass through Welded or snapped or riveted or fastened.
  • the power device includes a motor, and the motor includes two rotation states of a first direction rotation and a second direction rotation, and the first direction rotation and the second rotation direction are opposite directions, and the two direction rotations may be
  • the electric signal of the control system is used for conversion, and the electric motor transmits power to the transmission system through the first transmission chain.
  • the transmission system includes:
  • the first transmission component includes a reducer, which is connected to the power unit through a first transmission chain, and is connected to the second transmission component through a second transmission chain;
  • the second transmission component includes a transmission shaft, the transmission shaft is connected to the first transmission component through a second transmission chain, and is connected to the electromagnetic component through a third chain;
  • the electromagnetic component is connected with the driving component through a fourth chain, and transmits or disconnects the connection or disconnection state with the driving component through the change of the electrical signal;
  • the driving component is connected to the electromagnetic component through a fourth chain, and is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft to drive the first connecting shaft to rotate.
  • the electromagnetic component includes:
  • Movement rail, electromagnet and armature can move up and down along the rail;
  • the armature can move up and down along the movement guide, and drives the driving component to rotate through the fourth transmission chain;
  • the electromagnet is connected to the second transmission component through a third chain.
  • the electromagnet has magnetic force when it is energized. When the electromagnet is in an energized state and is close to the armature, it will attract the armature and can move the armature upward. , The magnitude of the electromagnet suction can be changed by the control system to adjust the size of the electrical signal;
  • the electromagnet when the electromagnet is engaged with the armature, the power of the power device is transmitted to the blocking device through the transmission system, and the blocking device is reversed as the motor rotates; when the electromagnet is powered off, the power of the power device cannot be transmitted to the block. Device, the blocking device is now in a tiled state.
  • the second transmission component includes:
  • a first sprocket is mounted on the transmission shaft, and the first sprocket is connected to the first transmission component through a second chain;
  • a second sprocket is mounted on the transmission shaft, and the second sprocket is connected to the electromagnetic component through a third chain.
  • the second transmission assembly further includes a limit sensing block, which is mounted on the transmission shaft and rotates synchronously with the transmission shaft.
  • control system includes:
  • a first sensor is disposed at a position of a concentric circle of the first sprocket, and is used to detect a rotation angle of the transmission shaft.
  • the first sensor Send a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the motor from the power source, and the motor stops rotating;
  • a second sensor is disposed on the electromagnet and moves synchronously with the electromagnet.
  • the second sensor sends a signal to the control system ,
  • the control system disconnects the motor from a power source, and the motor stops rotating;
  • the third sensor is disposed at the same arc position as the first sensor, and the connection between the second sensor and the transmission shaft center and the connection between the first sensor and the transmission shaft center are clipped. Angle, the arc length between the third sensor and the first sensor is greater than the stroke length of the electromagnet and the electromagnet on the moving guide, and when the limit sensing block on the transmission shaft approaches.
  • the third sensor sends a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the motor from the power source, the motor stops rotating, and the third sensor acts as a blocking device The motor cannot be placed when the second sensor fails.
  • the driving component includes:
  • the rocker arm is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft by welding or snap-fitting or riveting, and is connected to the armature through a fourth transmission chain.
  • the control system adjusts the current and / or voltage through the electromagnet to a value that enables non-motorized vehicles to pass safely. If the non-motorized vehicle passes, the armature Separate from the electromagnet, the turning structure is turned under the effect of external force and / or self-weight and is in the passing position.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
  • a playback device is disposed in the outer cover, and when the road is forbidden, the playback device plays a voice to avoid the non-motor vehicle from passing.
  • it also includes a non-motorized vehicle lane.
  • a crossing bridge connecting the uphill non-motorized vehicle lane and the downward non-motorized vehicle lane is provided at the intersection, and transportation mechanisms are provided at both ends of the overpass.
  • the transport mechanism includes:
  • a plurality of pulleys arranged on the bracket
  • At least two transportation devices at least two transportation devices are connected to each other through a first transmission rope, and the first transmission rope passes through at least a part of the pulley to connect at least one of the transportation devices to the bracket,
  • Each said transportation device has a receiving cavity capable of receiving pedestrians and non-motor vehicles;
  • a driving component is provided on the bracket; a second transmission rope is wound on at least a part of the pulley and at least one of the at least two transportation devices is connected with the driving component; a third transmission rope is wound
  • the driving assembly is provided on at least a part of the pulley and connects at least one of the at least two transporting devices with the driving assembly.
  • the driving assembly has a first working state and a second working state. When in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope, so that the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is lifted; when the driving component is in the second working state The driving component pulls the third transmission rope to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope, wherein the second transmission rope and the third transmission rope are respectively different from different transportation devices connection.
  • At least a part of the first driving rope connects the upper surfaces of the transportation devices together, and at least a part of the first driving rope connects the lower surfaces of the transportation devices together.
  • the driving assembly includes a driving structure, and the driving structure is a double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder, wherein one piston rod pulls at least one transport device for lifting by the second transmission rope, and the other piston rod pulls at least one transportation by the third transmission rope.
  • the device is raised and lowered.
  • At least two transport devices include a first transport device and a second transport device, wherein one piston rod pulls the first transport device for lifting by a second transmission rope, and the other piston rod pulls the second transport device through a third transmission rope. Lifting.
  • the driving assembly includes at least two driving structures, and the at least two driving structures are arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two transportation devices.
  • the at least one driving structure is pulled by the second transmission rope
  • At least one transportation device performs lifting; when the driving assembly is in the second working state, the at least one driving structure pulls the at least one transportation device through the third transmission rope for lifting.
  • the at least two transportation devices include a first transportation device and a second transportation device, and the lifting directions of the first transportation device and the second transportation device are parallel to each other.
  • the first driving rope includes a plurality of first sub-driving ropes, two ends of each first sub-driving rope are respectively connected to at least a part of the first transporting device and at least a part of the second transporting device, and each first sub-driving rope is wound around Set on at least one pulley.
  • At least two driving structures include a first driving structure and a second driving structure.
  • the first driving structure is connected to the first transportation device through a second transmission rope
  • the second driving structure is connected to the second transportation device through a third transmission rope.
  • the first driving structure pulls the first transport device down
  • the second transport device rises under the pull of the first transmission rope.
  • At least two driving structures are hydraulic cylinders.
  • both ends of the second transmission rope and / or the third transmission rope are respectively connected to the lower surfaces of the driving structure and the at least two transportation devices.
  • the driving assembly further includes: a mounting bracket, which is connected with the bracket by soldering or riveting or by a fastener, and the driving structure is connected with the bracket by the mounting bracket.
  • the driving assembly further includes: a pulley mounting bracket, which is arranged on the mounting bracket, at least a part of the pulley is mounted on the pulley mounting bracket and can move with the driving structure, and the second transmission rope and / or the third transmission rope are wound around the Partial pulley.
  • a pulley mounting bracket which is arranged on the mounting bracket, at least a part of the pulley is mounted on the pulley mounting bracket and can move with the driving structure, and the second transmission rope and / or the third transmission rope are wound around the Partial pulley.
  • the bracket includes a plurality of connecting pipes, and the plurality of connecting pipes are welded or riveted or fastened to form a bracket.
  • the transportation mechanism further includes a control system for controlling a movement mode of the driving structure, so that the driving structure can be in a first working state and / or a second working state, so as to realize the lifting movement of the transportation device.
  • a control system for controlling a movement mode of the driving structure, so that the driving structure can be in a first working state and / or a second working state, so as to realize the lifting movement of the transportation device.
  • a transportation mode adopting the above-mentioned transportation mechanism.
  • the transportation mode includes: Step S1: Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles located on the ground enter at least one transportation device, and located on a tunnel or an overpass. Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles enter at least one transportation device; step S2: the drive assembly drives the transportation device carrying pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground to rise or lower, and transports pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles that are on the ground
  • the transport device connected to the device carrying pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the tunnel or overpass is raised or lowered by the first driving rope of the transport mechanism to transport pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground to the tunnel or overpass.
  • the control system of the transportation mechanism can control the working state of the driving structure of the driving component.
  • the control system controls the driving structure to stop running so that The transport device is no longer moving.
  • the ascending roads of a group of roads at the intersection include a first left-turning up lane, a second left-turning up lane, and a straight up lane.
  • a left-turning upward vehicle passes the first left-turning upward lane and a second left-turning upward lane in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road.
  • a straight-forward vehicle travels on the opposite road through the straight upward lane, and then goes straight.
  • the up lane and the first left-turn up lane There is no intersection between the up lane and the first left-turn up lane, and they can pass at the same time, which shortens the waiting time for left-turn up lanes, avoids congestion on the left-turn up lane, and affects the efficiency of the plane transportation system, thereby solving the existing In the technology, the left-turn lane at the intersection is more serious, which affects the efficiency of the traffic system.
  • FIG. 1 is a road plan view of a traffic system of the present invention (first embodiment);
  • FIG. 2 is a driving route map of an intersection at a traffic system (first embodiment) of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (second embodiment);
  • FIG. 4 is a road plan view of a transportation system of the present invention (third embodiment).
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system of the present invention (fourth embodiment);
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system according to the present invention (fifth embodiment);
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system according to the present invention (sixth embodiment);
  • FIG. 8 is a U-turn driving route map of the transportation system (sixth embodiment) of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system of the present invention (seventh embodiment).
  • FIG. 10 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
  • 11 is a (eighth embodiment) non-motor vehicle driving route map of the transportation system of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
  • FIG. 13 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic perspective structural view of an embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism of a traffic system according to the present invention.
  • Figure 15 shows a side view of the safety blocking mechanism of Figure 14
  • FIG. 16 shows an A-A cross-sectional view of the safety blocking mechanism in FIG. 15;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic perspective view of the flip structure of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system in FIG. 14; FIG.
  • FIG. 18 shows a partial three-dimensional structure diagram of the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 18 shows a partial three-dimensional structure diagram of the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 19 shows a front view of the clutch member in FIG. 18 after the driving member and the driven member are engaged
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a side view of the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system of FIG. 14;
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line B-B when the blocking device in FIG. 20 is in a blocking position;
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a cross-sectional view taken along the line B-B when the blocking device in FIG. 20 is in a passing position
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of the display device in FIG. 14; FIG.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic perspective view of a second embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic perspective structural diagram of the driving assembly in FIG. 18; FIG.
  • FIG. 26 shows a front view of the driving assembly in FIG. 23
  • FIG. 27 shows an intention of a traffic permission state of a third embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention
  • FIG. 28 shows an inadmissible state intention of Embodiment 3 of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic perspective view of the flip structure of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
  • FIG. 30 shows a side view of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system of FIG. 27 without a cover
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 29;
  • FIG. 32 shows a partial side view of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 27;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic partial three-dimensional structure diagram of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
  • FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of the electromagnet and armature attracting for the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 27;
  • FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of the electromagnet and armature attracting for the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 27;
  • FIG. 35 shows a schematic diagram of the electromagnet and the armature of the safety blocking mechanism for the transportation system in FIG. 27 moving together to the top of the moving guide rail.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of Embodiment 12 of a transportation system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram showing another three-dimensional structure of Embodiment 12 of a transportation system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 shows a perspective structural view of a transport mechanism of a three-dimensional transportation system according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 shows a front view of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36;
  • Figure 40 shows a side view of the transport mechanism of Figure 36
  • FIG. 42 shows a bottom view of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36;
  • FIG. 43 shows an enlarged schematic view of A of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36;
  • FIG. 44 illustrates traffic light control according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which thick lines are represented as green lights and thin lines are represented as red lights;
  • FIG. 45 shows a traffic light control according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which thick lines are represented as green lights and thin lines are represented as red lights;
  • FIG. 46 shows a signal light control system and a signal light group controlled by the signal light system included in the traffic system in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • orientation words such as “up and down” are usually used for the directions shown in the drawings, or for vertical, vertical, or gravity directions, unless otherwise stated.
  • “left and right” usually refers to the left and right shown in the drawings; “inside and outside” refer to the inside and outside relative to the outline of each component itself, but the above orientation Words are not used to limit the invention.
  • the present application provides a traffic system and an urban traffic system having the same.
  • the transportation system includes four roads that cross each other.
  • the road intersection is divided into an intersection 10 and four roads outside the road by setting a stop line. It is divided into a straight up lane and a straight down lane.
  • the stop line is set at the junction of the up lane and the intersection, and there is no stop line at the junction of the down lane and the intersection.
  • a traffic signal light is provided above the intersection 10.
  • An adjustment zone 20 is provided on the road outside the intersection at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight up lane, and at least one lane on the outermost side of the road outside the intersection next to the straight up lane is set to the left turn up lane 312.
  • a left-turn guide line is provided in the adjustment area 20, and a first left-turn traffic signal 711 is provided at the adjustment area 20.
  • the traffic signal light above the intersection 10 includes a second left turn signal 712 and a second straight signal light 722.
  • the adjustment zone 20 divides the up lane into the front of the adjustment zone and the back of the adjustment zone. At least one of the innermost lanes in the rear of the adjustment zone is designated as the first left-turn up lane 311.
  • Turn up lane 312 is the second left turn up lane.
  • the left turn guide line starts from the exit of the first left turn up lane 311 and ends at the second left turn up lane 312.
  • the up lane is above the adjustment area 20.
  • a first straight signal light 421 is provided on the side
  • the left-turning up vehicle passes the first left-turning up lane 311, the adjustment area 20, and the second left-turning up lane 312 in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road at the intersection 10 Left-turn vehicles and straight vehicles can be released at the same time without interference.
  • At least one lane on the outside of the rear section of the adjustment zone of the up lane is set as a right-turn lane 35.
  • the right-turning lane 35 may also be set as a right-turning straight shared lane.
  • the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50, and an auxiliary lane 51 is provided at the intersection 10 to connect the up and down non-motorized lanes.
  • each group of roads further includes a separation belt 60.
  • a separation belt 60 is provided between the up lane 32 and the straight down lane 33 to isolate up and down vehicles on the road.
  • a traffic light is provided in both the intersection 10 and the vehicle adjustment area 20.
  • a second straight signal 722 and a second left turn signal 712 are provided at the intersection 10, and the second straight signal 722 is used to indicate The driving state of the vehicle traveling in the second straight up lane 322, and the second left turn signal lamp 712 is used to indicate the driving state of the vehicle traveling in the second straight up lane 322.
  • the adjustment area 20 is provided with a first straight signal light 721, a first left turn signal light 711, and a third straight signal light 723.
  • the first straight signal light 721 is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left turn up lane 311.
  • the first left-turn signal lamp 711 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first left-turn lane 311, and the third straight-way signal lamp 723 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first straight-down lane 331.
  • thick lines are indicated by green lights, and thin lines are indicated by red lights.
  • the yellow light is not shown in this figure.
  • the yellow light can be added between the end of the green light and the red light on.
  • the second straight line The signal light 722 lags behind the first straight signal 721 by a first preset time t1 to turn on the green light instruction, and the second straight signal 722 is behind the first straight signal 721 by a second preset time t2 to turn on the red light instruction.
  • the above-mentioned time setting can make a straight vehicle speed up on the road between the adjustment area 20 and the intersection 10, so that the straight vehicle can pass the intersection 10 at a smooth and fast speed, thereby improving the smoothness and safety of the traffic system. Sex.
  • the first preset time t1 is 5-30 seconds.
  • the second preset time t2 is 5-30 seconds.
  • thick lines are shown as green lights, and thin lines are shown as red lights.
  • the yellow lights are not shown in this figure. The yellow lights can be added between the end of the green light and the red light on.
  • the second left The turn signal light 712 lags behind the first left turn signal light 711 by a third preset time t3 to turn on the green light instruction, and the second straight signal light 712 lags behind the first left turn signal light 711 by a fourth preset time t4 and turns on the red light instruction.
  • the above-mentioned time setting can make left-turning vehicles speed up on the road between the adjustment zone 20 and the intersection 10, so that left-turning vehicles can pass the intersection 10 at a smooth and fast speed, thereby improving the smoothness of the traffic system. And security.
  • the third preset time t3 is 5-30 seconds.
  • the fourth preset time t4 is 5-30 seconds.
  • the first A left turn signal 711 and a third straight signal 723 are crossing the route of the vehicle. Therefore, the traffic signals indicated by the first left turn signal 711 and the third straight signal 723 should be completely opposite, that is, when the first left turn signal When 711 displays a red light, the third straight signal 723 displays a green light, and when the first left turn signal 711 displays a green light, the third straight signal 723 displays a red light.
  • the operation mode of the transportation system is as follows:
  • the vehicle turns from the first left to the lane 311 and drives in front of the adjustment area 20.
  • the left-turned vehicle stops and waits in front of the adjustment area 20; when the first left-turn signal light 711 in the adjustment area 20 is green, the left-turned vehicle passes through the adjustment area Take the left turn guide line within 20 and change lanes into the second left turn up lane 312.
  • the vehicle travels on the second left-turn lane 312 to the intersection 10.
  • the vehicle goes from the first straight lane 321 to the front of the adjustment area 20.
  • the difference between the traffic system in the second embodiment and the first embodiment is that a right-turning down lane 36 is added outside the second left-turning up lane 312.
  • a right-turning down lane 36 is added outside the second left-turning up lane 312.
  • the difference between the traffic system in the second embodiment and the second embodiment is that the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 and the first left-turn up lane 311 are two.
  • the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 and the first left-turn up lane 311 are two.
  • the difference between the transportation system in the fourth embodiment and the third embodiment is that the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 is two, the number of the first left-turn up lane 311 is one and between the adjustment area 20 and the intersection 10 The preset distance is shorter.
  • the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 is two
  • the number of the first left-turn up lane 311 is one
  • a safety blocking mechanism 400 is provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorized lane 50.
  • the traffic system also includes a non-motorized lane 50.
  • a non-motorized lane 50 At the intersection 10, an auxiliary lane 51 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane is provided, and safety is provided at the stop line of the upside non-motorized lane 50. Blocking mechanism 400.
  • the difference between the traffic system in the sixth embodiment and the first embodiment is that the innermost lane of the down lane 331 is the U-turn lane 38, and a U-turn signal light 73 is provided at the adjustment area 20.
  • the innermost lane of the down lane 331 is used as the U-turn lane 38, and a U-turn signal light 73 is provided at the adjustment area 20.
  • the U-turn signal light 73 is used to indicate driving in the U-turn lane. 38 vehicle driving conditions.
  • the difference between the traffic system in the seventh embodiment and the sixth embodiment is that a U-turn lane 38 and a U-turn signal light 73 are added at a certain distance behind the adjustment area 20.
  • a U-turn lane 38 and a U-turn signal light 73 are added at a certain distance behind the adjustment area 20.
  • the traffic system in the eighth embodiment is different from the first to fourth embodiments in that the width of the auxiliary lane is wide, and the auxiliary vehicle 51 includes a pedestrian crossing and a non-motorized vehicle concentrated passageway.
  • the traffic system also includes a non-motorized lane 50.
  • an auxiliary lane 51 is provided to connect the uphill non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane.
  • the auxiliary lane 51 includes a pedestrian crossing (represented by a pedestrian crossing line) and Non-motorized vehicles pass through the road collectively (indicated by crosswalk lines or non-motorized vehicle graphics).
  • Safety stop mechanisms I400 are provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorway 50, and safety stop mechanisms II400 are provided at both ends of the auxiliary lane 51.
  • a non-motorized vehicle first signal light 761 is provided at the upward stop line of the non-motorized vehicle lane 50, and a non-motorized vehicle second signal light 762 is provided at the non-motorized vehicle concentrated passing road upward stop line.
  • the traffic system further includes a signal light control system, and the signal light group controlled by the signal control system includes:
  • a first left-turn signal light 711 which is disposed in the adjustment area 20 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left-turn up lane 311;
  • a second left turn signal light 712 which is disposed at the intersection 10 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the second left turn up lane 312;
  • the first straight signal light 721 is disposed in the adjustment area 20 and is used to indicate the running state of the vehicle traveling on the first straight up lane 321;
  • the U-turn signal light 74 is used to indicate the driving state of a vehicle driving in a U-turn lane
  • the first non-motor vehicle signal light 761 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle driving in the non-motor vehicle lane 50;
  • the second non-motor vehicle signal light 762 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle traveling on the auxiliary passage 51.
  • signal lights may be added to the signal light control system, such as a signal light indicating pedestrian traffic.
  • a traffic light is provided in both the intersection 10 and the adjustment area 20.
  • a second straight signal 422 and a second left turn signal 712 are provided at the intersection 10, and the second straight signal 722 is used to indicate driving
  • the second left turn signal lamp 712 is used to indicate the running state of the vehicle in the second straight up lane 322.
  • the adjustment area 20 is provided with a first straight signal light 721, a first left turn signal light 711, and a third straight signal light 723.
  • the first straight signal light 721 is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left turn up lane 311.
  • the first left-turn signal lamp 711 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first left-turn lane 311, and the third straight-way signal lamp 723 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first straight-down lane 331.
  • the red light of the first straight traffic signal lamp 721 when the red light of the first straight traffic signal lamp 721 is lit, the vehicle on the first straight traffic lane 321 is not allowed to drive, and the green traffic light is allowed to pass through the adjustment area 20.
  • the red light of the first left-turn signal light 711 When the red light of the first left-turn signal light 711 is on, the vehicle on the first left-turn lane 311 is not allowed to drive, and the green light may be driven to pass through the adjustment area 20.
  • the red light of the second straight traffic signal 722 When the red light of the second straight traffic signal 722 is on, the vehicle on the second straight traffic lane 322 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is allowed to pass through the intersection.
  • the red light of the second left turn signal light 712 When the red light of the second left turn signal light 712 is on, the vehicle on the second left turn up lane 312 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is only allowed to pass through the intersection.
  • a non-motor vehicle first signal light 761 is provided in front of the stop line in the upward direction of the non-motor vehicle lane 50, and the first non-motor vehicle first signal light 761 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle in the non-motor vehicle lane 50.
  • a second non-motor vehicle signal light 762 is provided in front of the stop line in the upward direction of the auxiliary channel 52, and the second non-motor vehicle signal light 602 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle in the auxiliary channel.
  • the non-motor vehicle in the non-motor vehicle lane 50 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is only allowed to drive.
  • the red light of the second signal light 762 of the non-motor vehicle is on, the non-motor vehicle of the auxiliary passageway 51 is not allowed to drive, and the green light may be driven.
  • a pedestrian may walk according to the instruction of a non-motor vehicle signal light, or a signal light indicating that the pedestrian is walking may be separately installed.
  • the specific structure of the safety blocking mechanism 400 is as follows:
  • the security blocking mechanism includes a display device 410 and a protection device 420.
  • the display device 410 has a first display state and a second display state. When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the non-motor vehicle lane 39 and the auxiliary passage 50 are in a traffic state. When the display device 410 is in the second display state, The non-motorized lane 39 and the auxiliary passage 50 are in a non-traffic state.
  • the protection device 420 has a passage position and a blocking position. When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the protection device 420 is in the passage position; when the display device 410 is in the second display state, at least a part of the protection device 420 is flipped relative to the ground. It is set at an angle with the ground, and the protection device 420 is in a blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motor vehicles from passing.
  • the protection device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles intercept.
  • the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the one hand, improve the safety awareness of pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and also intercept pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing by force to prevent them from occurring. Traffic accident.
  • the number of the display devices 410 is not limited to this. Optionally, there are one, three or more display devices 410.
  • the number and installation positions of the driving components 422 are not limited thereto.
  • the protection device 420 includes a housing 421, a driving component 422, and at least one flip structure 423.
  • the casing 421 is disposed below the display device 410.
  • the driving assembly 422 is disposed in at least one case 421.
  • the flip structure 423 is disposed between at least two shells 421 and can be flipped relative to the shell 421, and the driving component 422 can drive at least one end of the flip structure 423 to flip the flip structure 423 relative to the ground.
  • the protection device 420 includes two shells 421, a flip structure 423 and three flip structures 423, and the three flip structures 423 are connected to each other to realize synchronous flip.
  • the flip structure 423 when the display device 410 is in the first display state, the flip structure 423 is located below the ground surface and will not be exposed, which will not cause obstacles to the passage of pedestrians and non-motor vehicles; when the display device 410 is in the second display state
  • the three overturning structures 423 are reversed relative to the ground and over the ground under the driving of the driving assembly 422, forming obstacles on the road to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement and process.
  • the number of the inversion structures 423 is not limited to this, and may be set according to the actual width of the road. Optionally, there are two, four, five or more flip structures 423.
  • the flip structure 423 includes a connecting shaft 4231 and a flip body 4232.
  • the flip body 4232 includes a first plate body 4232a and a second plate body 4232b which are sequentially connected.
  • the connecting shaft 4231 is disposed on a side of the first plate body 4232a away from the second plate body 4232b, and the flip body 4232 surrounds the connecting shaft 4231.
  • the second plate body 4232b is an arc-shaped plate.
  • the connecting shaft 4231 is welded or riveted or fastened to the first plate body 4232a, and the connecting shaft 4231 can drive the turning body 4232 to rotate.
  • the first plate body 4232a is flush with the ground surface
  • the second plate body 4232b is located inside the ground surface.
  • the overturning structure 423 is turned over as a whole and all overturned above the ground, so that the first plate 4232a faces toward pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and the second plate 4232b faces away from pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. side.
  • the second plate body 4232b blocks the exposed ground after the first plate body 4232a is turned over to prevent pedestrians and non-motor vehicles from accidentally falling below the ground surface, thereby improving the safety of the transportation system.
  • the shape of the second plate body 4232b is not limited to this.
  • the second plate body 4232b is a flat plate or a wave panel.
  • the first plate body 4232a is a flat plate
  • the flip structure 423 includes a plurality of reinforcing members 4233.
  • a plurality of reinforcing members 4233 are disposed in the cavity formed by the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, and the reinforcing member 4233 is connected to both the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, and a plurality of reinforcing members 4233
  • the connecting shafts 4231 are spaced apart from each other in the extending direction.
  • a plurality of reinforcing members 4233 can strengthen the connection between the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, improve the structural strength of the flip structure 423, and extend the service life of the protection device 420.
  • the flip structure 423 further includes at least one display screen 4234.
  • at least one display screen 4234 is disposed on the first plate body 4232a.
  • each of the flip structures 423 includes a display screen 4234.
  • the display screen 4234 can display publicity slogans such as safe travel, thereby achieving the purpose of alerting and blocking pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from crossing the red light.
  • the flip structure 423 further includes tempered glass disposed on the first plate body 4232a, and the tempered glass is disposed around the display screen 4234 to protect the display screen 4234.
  • the turning structure 423 further includes a spring 4235 provided on the connecting shaft 4231.
  • the spring 4235 can buffer the rotation of the turning body 4232 and reduce the turning body 4232's Vibration generated during rotation.
  • the connecting shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are welded, and the flip bodies 4232 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 are welded.
  • the above processing method is relatively simple, and the connection between the connecting shafts 4231 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 and the flip bodies 4232 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 is more stable, and the structural strength of the protection device 420 is improved.
  • connection manner of the connection shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 is not limited to this.
  • the connecting shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are snap-fitted or riveted or fastened. In this way, the above connection manner makes it easier to install or disassemble the connecting shafts 4231 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 and reduces the labor intensity of the workers.
  • connection manner of the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423 is not limited to this.
  • the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are snapped or riveted or fastened. In this way, the above-mentioned connection method makes it easier to install or disassemble the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423, and reduces the labor intensity of the workers.
  • the driving component 422 includes a driving structure 4221, a clutch structure 4222, and an electromagnetic structure 4223.
  • the driving structure 4221 can drive the active member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 to rotate.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 can drive the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 to move toward the active member 4222a, so that the follower 4222b and the active member 4222a can rotate synchronously.
  • the connecting shaft 4231 is connected to the driven member 4222b and can be rotated together with the driven member 4222b, so that the protection device 420 is in a blocking position.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged and drives the driven member 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 toward the driving member 4222a, thereby achieving the combination of the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b.
  • the driving structure 4221 rotates synchronously
  • the connecting shaft 4231 connected to the driven member 4222b also rotates synchronously with the driving member 4222a.
  • the flipping body 4232 rotates with the connecting shaft 4231 to realize the turning, so that the protective device 420 is in Blocking locations to avoid pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles.
  • the driving structure 4221 is a motor.
  • the driving assembly 422 further includes a transmission structure 4224 and a connecting member 4225.
  • the transmission structure 4224 is connected to the driving structure 4221, and the driving member 4222a is driven by the transmission structure 4224.
  • the first end of the connecting member 4225 can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure 4223, and the second end of the connecting member 4225 is connected to the driven member 4222b and can drive the driven member 4222b to move.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 When the electromagnetic structure 4223 is in the power-on state and the display device 410 is in the first position, In the two display states, the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first end of the connecting member 4225, so that the first end drives the driven member 4222b toward the driving member 4222a through the second end until the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can Synchronized movement. In this way, the electromagnetic structure 4223 and the driven member 4222b are connected through the connecting member 4225. The electromagnetic structure 4223 drives the connecting member 4225 to move the driven member 4222b toward or away from the driving member 4222a, thereby enabling workers to protect the device. 420 operation is easier and simpler, reducing the labor intensity of the staff.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 is located on the same side of the housing 421 as the active member 4222a and the driving structure 4221.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first end of the connecting member 4225, so that the end drives its second end and the follower 4222b toward the electromagnetic
  • the side where the structure 4223 (the driving member 4222a) is located is moved until the driven member 4222b is combined with the driving member 4222a to realize the turning of the flip body 4232.
  • the flip structure 423 is reversed under its own weight so that the first plate 4232a and the second plate 4232b both fall below the ground surface , Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles can pass.
  • the follower 4222b has a limit recess 4222c, and the second end of the connecting member 4225 projects into the limit recess 4222c and limits the stop with the limit recess 4222c.
  • the above arrangement can prevent the relative movement of the follower 4222b and the connecting member 4225, ensure that the connecting member 4225 can drive the follower 4222b to move, and improve the operation reliability of the protection device 420.
  • the transmission structure 4224 includes a transmission belt 4224 a and a speed reducer 4224 b.
  • the driving structure 4221 is connected to the reducer 4224b through a transmission belt 4224a, and the output shaft of the reducer 4224b is threaded on the driving member 4222a. In this way, the rotation of the driving member 4222a is reduced by the speed reducer 4224b, so that the turning structure 423 can be slowly turned, so that it is easier for a worker to control the turning angle with the turning structure 423.
  • the structure of the transmission structure 4224 is not limited to this.
  • the transmission structure 4224 includes a chain and a reducer 4224b.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes a first sensor and a control system.
  • the first sensor is disposed on the flip structure 423 and is configured to detect a flip angle of the flip structure 423 relative to the ground.
  • the control system is electrically connected to the electromagnetic structure 4223 and the drive structure 4221.
  • the flip angle is equal to or greater than a preset angle value
  • the first sensor sends a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the drive structure 4221 from the power source, and the active part 4222a stops.
  • the preset angle value is less than 60 °. In this way, the above-mentioned setting enables the staff to control the turning angle of the turning structure 423 more accurately and accurately, and improves the operational reliability of the safety blocking mechanism.
  • the first sensor can monitor the flipping angle of the flipping structure 423.
  • the first sensor sends a signal to the control system.
  • the control system disconnects the drive structure 4221 from the power source, the active member 4222a stops rotating to keep the flip structure 423 at the flip angle.
  • the safety blocking mechanism further includes a second sensor.
  • the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 from the power supply, the follower 4222b is separated from the active member 4222a, and the flip structure 423 Under the action of self-weight, it is turned over and in the passing position.
  • the second sensor detects the pedestrian or non-motor vehicle
  • the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 from the power source, so that the flip structure 423 flips below the ground surface, ensuring the pedestrian Or non-motorized vehicles can pass to protect personal safety.
  • the second sensor is disposed outside the casing 421.
  • the display device 410 includes a cover 411 and a traffic light assembly 412.
  • the traffic light assembly 412 is disposed in the outer cover 411.
  • the traffic light assembly 412 includes at least one red light and at least one green light.
  • the green light is operated; when the display device 410 is in the second display state, , Red light running.
  • the outer cover 411 plays a role of reflecting the convergent light. In this way, red and green lights can serve as warnings and reminders to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, making the transportation system more humane.
  • the security blocking mechanism further includes a player 430.
  • the player 430 is disposed on the display device 410.
  • the player 430 plays a voice to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the traffic system is in a non-traffic state
  • the red light is on
  • the player 430 plays related voice information to remind pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles that traffic is not allowed to continue.
  • the player 430 is a speaker.
  • the traffic light assembly 412 further includes at least one yellow light.
  • the yellow light is on, the player 430 issues a voice prompt to slow down.
  • the working principle of the safety blocking mechanism is as follows:
  • the player 430 issues a voice prompt (such as the current red light, prohibit traffic).
  • the control system controls the driving structure 4221 and the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be energized at the same time, and the driving structure 4221 transmits power to the reducer 4224b through the transmission belt 4224a.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 pushes the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 on the linear bearing through the connecting member 4225, so that the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 and the drive member 4222a mesh.
  • the linear bearing is axially positioned through the connecting shaft 4231 and the reducer 4224b, then the connecting shaft 4231 drives the turning body 4232 to be turned relative to the ground, so that the turning structure 423 is lifted from the ground.
  • the first sensor feeds back a signal to the control system, the control system de-energizes the driving structure 4221, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 remains energized, thereby raising the reversing structure 423 to a specified height and maintaining it.
  • the display screen 4234 displays publicity slogans such as safe travel, thereby achieving the purpose of alerting and blocking pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from crossing the red light;
  • the control system controls the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be powered off.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 is separated from the first end of the connector 4225 and driven.
  • Piece 4222b and active piece 4222a are separated by their own weight, the flip structure 423 flips in the opposite direction under its own weight, so that the first plate 4232a and the second plate 4232b both fall below the ground surface, which can prevent the flip
  • the structure 423 is damaged, and it will not cause damage to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles running through red lights. Because it is still a red light at this time, the control system controls the driving structure 4221 and the electromagnetic structure 4223 after the pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles are forced to pass, and the turning structure 423 stops when it rises to the specified position;
  • the control system controls the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be powered off, and the first plate 4232a of the flip structure 423 is restored to a state parallel to the ground.
  • This application also provides a security protection method for a traffic system.
  • the security blocking mechanism described above is adopted.
  • the security protection method includes:
  • Step S1 determine the display state of the display device 410 of the safety blocking mechanism
  • the traffic system When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the traffic system is in a traffic state and the protection device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a traffic position;
  • the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, and the protection device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the protection device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to perform pedestrian and non-motorized vehicles. Intercept.
  • the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the one hand, improve the safety awareness of pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and also intercept pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing by force to prevent them from occurring.
  • the traffic accident further solves the problem that pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles cross the red light traffic accident in the traffic system in the prior art.
  • step S2 when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the flip structure 423 of the protection device 420 is flipped relative to the ground to block pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. In this way, the overturning structure 423 blocks the road to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing, and avoids pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles running through red lights to cause traffic accidents.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 of the safety blocking mechanism when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 of the safety blocking mechanism is in an energized state, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 engages the connecting member 4225 of the safety blocking mechanism, so that the connecting member 4225 drives the safety blocking.
  • the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 of the mechanism moves toward the drive member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 until the drive member 4222a and the follower 4222b can move synchronously.
  • the drive structure 4221 of the safety blocking mechanism drives the drive member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 to rotate.
  • the driving member 4222a drives the driven member 4222b and the turning structure 423 to turn over.
  • the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the driving structure 4221 from the power source, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 is still powered on. status.
  • step S2 when the display device 410 is in the second display state and the second sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects the passage of pedestrians and non-motor vehicles, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 and The power supply is connected, the follower 4222b is separated from the drive 4222a, and the flip structure 423 is flipped under its own weight and is in a passing position.
  • step S2 when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the player 430 of the security blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the ninth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that the structure of the driving assembly 422 is different.
  • the driving assembly 422 further includes a transition connector 4226.
  • the transition link 4226 and the follower 4222b are connected through a chain 440.
  • the transition link 4226 can rotate together with the follower 4222b.
  • the transition link 4226 is connected to the connection shaft 4231 to drive the flip body 4232 to flip relative to the ground.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged and drives the driven member 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 toward the driving member 4222a, so that the combination of the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can be driven.
  • the structure 4221 is driven to rotate synchronously, and the transitional connection 4226 connected to the follower 4222b also rotates synchronously with the driving member 4222a.
  • the transitional connection 4226 drives the connection shaft 4231 to rotate together to achieve the overturning of the flip body 4232, which protects the protection.
  • the device 420 is in a blocking position to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles.
  • transition connection 4226 is a sector structure.
  • the driving assembly 422 further includes a transmission structure 4224 and a connecting member 4225.
  • the transmission structure 4224 is connected to the driving structure 4221, and the driving member 4222a is driven by the transmission structure 4224.
  • the connector 4225 includes a first part and a second part. The first part can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure 4223 and can move toward the electromagnetic structure 4223.
  • the second part is connected to the follower 4222b and can move the follower 4222b.
  • the first and second parts The contact surface is inclined.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first part of the connector 4225, so that the first part drives the second part and the follower. 4222b moves toward the driving member 4222a until the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can move synchronously.
  • the structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
  • the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first part of the connector 4225 to move the first part toward the electromagnetic structure 4223, and the first part and the second part are driven by an inclined plane to make the second part Moving toward the electromagnetic structure 4223, since the second part can only perform horizontal translation, the total displacement of the second part moves toward the driving member 4222a, so as to achieve the meshing between the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b, and the transmission structure 4224 can
  • the transition connecting member 4226 is driven to rotate, and the transition connecting member 4226 drives the turning body 4232 to flip relative to the ground through the connecting shaft 4231.
  • the difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the tenth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that the transmission structure of the safety blocking device 400 is different.
  • the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system includes a blocking device 420, and the blocking device 420 has a permitted state and a prohibited state.
  • the blocking device 420 When the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 is in a permitted state; when the road is not allowed to pass, at least a part of the blocking device 420 is reversed relative to the ground under the traction of the power unit 450 and the transmission system 480, and at an angle with the ground It is provided that the blocking device 420 is in a prohibited state to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles.
  • a fixed boss 500 is installed on the other side of the blocking device 420 along the turning axis.
  • the fixed boss 500 and the blocking device 420 function as a road speed reduction belt.
  • the material of the fixing boss 500 is similar to that of the existing road speed reduction belt.
  • the material used for the boss in this embodiment is rubber, and the fixing boss 500 is fixed to the ground by screws.
  • the surface of the fixing boss 500 may be coated with a reflective material.
  • the blocking device 420 and the fixed boss 500 together function as a speed reduction belt, and the non-motor vehicle passing the safety blocking mechanism can be slowed down.
  • the blocking device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to intercept non-motor vehicles.
  • the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to non-motor vehicles and improve the safety awareness of non-motor vehicles. It can also intercept non-motor vehicles, block the passage of non-motor vehicles, prevent traffic accidents, and solve the existing technology.
  • the problem of non-motorized vehicles crossing the red light traffic accident is prone to occur in the Chinese transportation system.
  • the blocking device 420 when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 is tiled and parallel to the ground.
  • the blocking device 420 is above the ground at a distance of 0 to 5 cm when tiled, and the end near the rotation axis is higher and the end far from the rotation axis. Lower, forming a gentle slope.
  • the fixed boss 500 is similar in shape to the blocking device in the tiled state.
  • the fixed boss 500 is 0 to 5 cm above the ground, the end near the rotation axis is higher, and the end far from the rotation axis is lower, forming a gentle slope.
  • the flip structure 423 When traffic is prohibited, the flip structure 423 is flipped relative to the ground and flipped above the ground under the drive of the power unit 450, forming an obstacle on the road to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the above structure is simple and easy to implement and process.
  • the flip structure 423 includes a first transmission shaft 4711, a connection fitting 4712, a second transmission shaft 4713, and a flip body 4232.
  • the first transmission shaft 4711 is disposed at the outermost position of the flip structure.
  • the end of the first transmission shaft 4711 connected to the connecting fitting 4712 has a square hole.
  • the end of the connection fitting 4712 connected to the first transmission shaft 4711 is square.
  • the connection fitting 4712 is inserted into the first In the square hole of a transmission shaft 4711, the other end of the connecting fitting 4712 is formed into a concave shape as shown in the figure, and the second transmission shaft 4713 is clamped in the groove of the connecting member, and the second transmission shaft 4713 is a square shaft.
  • the connection accessory 4713 Through the connection of the connection accessory 4713, the second transmission shaft 4713 can rotate along with the first transmission shaft 4711.
  • the shape of the connection fitting 4713 is not limited thereto.
  • flip bodies 4232 there are multiple flip bodies 4232 in this embodiment.
  • One end of the flip body 4232 connected to the second transmission shaft 4713 is made into a concave shape similar to the connecting fitting 4712.
  • the groove is clamped on the second transmission shaft 4713 and fixed.
  • the second transmission The shaft 4713 can drive the turning body 4232 to rotate together.
  • the flip body 4232 and the second transmission shaft 4713 may be fastened by screws.
  • the flip body 4232 when the road is allowed to pass, the flip body 4232 is parallel to the ground surface and higher than the ground surface.
  • the overturning structure 423 is turned over as a whole.
  • the first transmission shaft 4711 and the connecting fitting 4712 rotate around their own axes without changing the height.
  • the second transmission shaft 4713 drives the overturning body 4232 to rotate around the ground.
  • the motor vehicle is blocked, and the direction of the flip body 4232 facing the non-motor vehicle makes an obtuse angle with the ground.
  • the overturning structure 423 can be changed to a tiled state along the overturning path to avoid a strong collision between the non-motorized vehicle and the overturning body, so as to improve the safety of the transportation system.
  • the flip body 4232 in this embodiment is made of rubber, and the manufacturing material of the flip body 4232 is
  • connection accessory 4712 and the first transmission shaft 4711 can be assembled as a movable connection, or can be fixedly connected by welding, or can be processed as a whole, that is, the shape required for the connection is processed at the end of a shaft.
  • connection between the first connection shaft and the connection member, the connection between the connection member and the second connection shaft, and the connection between the second connection shaft and the flip body are not limited to this.
  • the length of the second transmission shaft 4713 may be increased or decreased according to the width of the actual road non-motorized lane, and the number of the turning bodies 4232 may be increased or decreased according to the length of the second transmission shaft 4713.
  • the width of the flip body 4232 can be lengthened or shortened according to the actual situation, and each flip body 4232 can be disassembled separately. If one of the flip bodies 4232 is damaged, the flip body 4232 can be disassembled and installed separately. Easy and quick disassembly and assembly, reducing labor intensity of staff.
  • adding a fixed steel plate where the flip body contacts the ground surface, and connecting the fixed steel plate, the flip body 4232, and the second transmission shaft 4713 together can reduce friction between the flip body and the ground, and extend the service life of the blocking device 420.
  • a display screen and / or tempered glass may be added to the flip body, and the display screen and / or tempered glass are fixed on the flip body.
  • the display screen can display promotional signs such as safe travel , So as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from crossing the red light.
  • two brackets 460 are provided at both ends of the blocking device 420.
  • the driving component 488 is capable of driving at least one end of the blocking device 420, so that the blocking device 420 is flipped relative to the ground.
  • bracket 460 in this embodiment is welded from a plurality of angle steels, and its shape and appearance can be adjusted according to the requirements of the placement of various components.
  • the two brackets 460 respectively cover two outer covers 411 on the outside, and a display device 410 and a playback device 430 are installed on the inner wall of the outer cover 411 facing the non-motor vehicle running direction.
  • the display device 410 is a display screen.
  • the display screen can display at least two colors of red and green.
  • the green light runs; when the road is forbidden, the red light runs.
  • the outer cover 411 can also play a role of reflecting and converging light. In this way, red and green lights can serve as warnings and reminders for non-motorized vehicles, making the transportation system more humane.
  • the playback device 430 is a speaker. Among them, when the road is forbidden, the playback device 430 plays a voice to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles. Specifically, when the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, the red light is on, and the playback device 430 plays related voice information to remind non-motor vehicles not to continue traffic.
  • the display device 410 further includes at least one yellow light.
  • the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt to slow down.
  • the power unit can select a motor 451.
  • the motor 451 in this embodiment can rotate in two directions, that is, it can perform forward rotation and reverse rotation according to the signal of the control system.
  • the forward rotation is The movement in the first direction is reversed to the movement in the second direction.
  • the names of forward rotation and reverse rotation may be the same or opposite.
  • the transmission system 480 includes a first transmission component 481.
  • the first transmission component 481 in this embodiment is selected as a worm gear reducer.
  • the input shaft of the reducer 4224b in this embodiment and the motor 451 The output shaft is respectively equipped with two sprocket wheels, which are connected through a first transmission chain 482.
  • the output shaft of the motor 451 drives the input shaft of the reducer 4224b to rotate through the first transmission chain 482.
  • the selection of the first transmission chain is not limited to the chain, but other transmission originals such as (V-belt, toothed belt) can also be selected, and the sprocket on the output shaft of the motor 451 and the reducer 4224b input shaft can be replaced. For the corresponding pulley.
  • the transmission system 480 includes a second transmission component 484.
  • the second transmission component 484 in this embodiment is a shaft system including a transmission shaft 4841.
  • the transmission shaft 4841 in this embodiment passes a bearing. It is fixed on the bracket 460.
  • Two sprockets, namely a first sprocket 4842 and a second sprocket 4843, are mounted on the transmission shaft 4841.
  • the first sprocket 4842 is connected to the output shaft of the reducer 4224b through the second transmission chain 483 and the chain on the output shaft of the reducer 4224b.
  • the wheels are connected, and the output shaft of the reducer 4224b drives the first sprocket 4842, the transmission shaft 4841, and the second sprocket 4843 to rotate synchronously through the second transmission chain 483.
  • a first sensor 491 is installed on the bracket 460, and a limit sensing block 4844 is installed on the transmission shaft 4841.
  • the first sprocket may be selected as a sprocket or a pulley
  • the second transmission chain 483 may be selected as a chain or a transmission belt.
  • the second sprocket 4843 may also be selected as a round wheel without serrations.
  • the third transmission chain 485 is fixed on the second sprocket 4843, that is, the third transmission chain 485 does not rotate relative to the second sprocket 4843.
  • the third transmission chain 485 is only used as a flexible rope.
  • the third transmission chain 485 of this implementation may be a chain or other flexible ropes.
  • the transmission system 480 includes an electromagnetic component 486.
  • the electromagnetic component 486 of this embodiment is used as a clutch device to control the connection and disconnection of the power transmission of the transmission system.
  • the electromagnetic component 486 of this embodiment includes an electromagnet 4861, an armature 4863, and a moving rail 4862.
  • the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4362 can move up and down along the rail.
  • the electromagnet 4861 When the electromagnet 4861 is energized, the electromagnet 4861 has a suction force, and when it is close to the armature 4863, it will attract the armature 4863 together with it, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 move up and down along the guide rail simultaneously.
  • the magnitude of the attracting force of the electromagnet 4861 can be adjusted by the input current or voltage.
  • the instantaneous attracting force is large to ensure the electromagnetic force.
  • the iron 4861 and the armature 4863 can be firmly engaged and can move synchronously; when the movement is stopped during the upward movement and / or the stable position is reached, the current or voltage through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease.
  • the reason for adopting this setting method For: when the blocking device 420 is in a state of prohibiting traffic, the suction force of the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 is small at this time.
  • the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 can be forcibly separated to make the flip structure Change from a state with an angle to the ground to a tiled state, that is, the blocking device 420 changes from a prohibited state to a permitted state, thereby preventing the non-motor vehicle driver from being injured and the blocking device 420 from being damaged due to excessive impact. .
  • a limit position sensing block 4844 is fixedly installed on the transmission shaft 4841, and the limit position sensing block 4844 rotates synchronously with the transmission shaft 4841.
  • a first sensor 491 is installed on the bracket 460. When the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal Connection to power.
  • the position of the electromagnet 4861 is located at the uppermost position of the motion guide 4862, and when the electromagnet 4861 is engaged with the armature 4863 and moves to the top of the motion guide together,
  • the flip structure 423 flips to a preset angle.
  • the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 from the power source, the flip structure 423 stops flipping. In this way, the above setting allows the worker to control the flip angle of the flip structure 423 more accurately and accurately. Improve the operational reliability of the safety blocking mechanism.
  • the first sensor 491 can monitor the reversing angle of the transmission shaft 4841, and then monitor the angle of the reversing structure 423.
  • the reversing angle of the reversing structure 423 is equal to or greater than a preset angle Value, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system disconnects the motor 451 from the power source, and the motor 451 stops rotating.
  • the flip structure 423 is maintained at the flip angle.
  • a second sensor 492 is installed on the electromagnet 4861, and an extension end 4863Z is provided on the armature 4863.
  • the sensor sends a signal to the control system to control
  • the system sends a control signal to the electromagnet 4861 and / or the motor 451 according to the received signal.
  • the transmission system 480 includes a driving component 488.
  • the driving component in this embodiment is a rocker arm 4381.
  • the rocker arm 4381 is connected to the flip structure 423 by welding.
  • the rocker arm 4381 and the fourth transmission chain 487 is fixed together by hinge, and the rocker arm 4381 is connected to the armature 4863 through a fourth transmission chain 487.
  • the rocker arm 4381 is driven to rotate by the fourth transmission chain 487.
  • rocker arm 4381 and the flip structure 423 may be connected together by other fastening methods, which is not limited to only one method of welding.
  • a spring connected to the bracket 460 may be added to the rocker arm 4381.
  • the spring When the flip body 4232 is in a tiled state, the spring is not subject to tension; when the flip body 4232 is flipped relative to the ground, the rocker arm 4381 rotates to pull the spring Stretch.
  • the spring can be used to make the flip body 4232 return to the tiled state under the combined action of its own gravity and spring force when the electromagnet is powered off.
  • first transmission chain 482 and the second transmission chain 483 are closed chains, and the power can be transmitted through the transmission chain through the connection with the sprocket or pulley.
  • the chain 487 is a non-closed chain, and its function is similar to a flexible rope or steel wire.
  • the working principle of the safety blocking mechanism 400 is as follows:
  • the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt (for example, the red light now prohibits passage).
  • the control system controls the power device 450 to be energized, the motor 451 rotates in the first direction, and the electromagnet 4861 moves downward along the moving guide rail 4862 through the first transmission component 481 and the second transmission component 484.
  • the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the extended end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when the power is turned off.
  • the control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted.
  • the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and enables The motor 451 rotates in the second direction, which drives the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 to move upward together and at the same time drives the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground.
  • the overturning structure 423 rotates through a specified angle, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal
  • the electromagnet 4861 remains energized, thereby turning the flip structure 423 to a specified angle and maintaining it.
  • the display device 410 displays publicity slogans such as red lights and / or safe travel, so as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from passing through the red lights.
  • the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. At this time, the attracting force of the electromagnet 44316 is relatively small.
  • the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will disengage, the electromagnet 4861 remains on the upper end of the motion guide 4862, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the motion guide, while the flip structure 423
  • the flip body 4232 is flipped to the tiled state, which can prevent the flip structure 423 from being damaged, and will not cause damage to non-motor vehicles running through red lights. Since the road is still in a prohibited state at this time, the control system 490 controls the blocking device to restart according to the startup process after the non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, so that the overturning structure 423 is overturned to the preset position again.
  • control system controls the electromagnet 4861 to be powered off, and the flip structure 423 is restored to a state parallel to the ground.
  • This application also provides a security protection method for a traffic system.
  • the security blocking mechanism described above is adopted.
  • the security protection method includes:
  • Step S1 determine the traffic status of the road
  • the blocking device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in the allowed state
  • the blocking device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a forbidden state to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing.
  • the blocking device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and disposed at an angle with the ground to intercept non-motor vehicles.
  • the above-mentioned settings can not only serve as a warning to non-motor vehicles, improve the safety awareness of non-motor vehicles, but also intercept non-motor vehicles, avoid forced passage of non-motor vehicles, prevent traffic accidents, and solve the existing problems.
  • the traffic system in the technology is prone to the problem of non-motor vehicles crossing the red light.
  • step S2 when the road is forbidden, the turning structure 423 of the blocking device 420 is turned relative to the ground to block non-motor vehicles. In this way, the overturning structure 423 blocks the road to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing, and to avoid non-motorized vehicles running through red lights and causing traffic accidents.
  • the control system controls the power device 450 to be energized, the motor 451 rotates in the first direction, and the electromagnet 4861 is moved down the moving guide 4862 through the first transmission component and the second transmission component 484 motion.
  • the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the extended end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when the power is turned off.
  • the control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted.
  • the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and enables
  • the motor 451 rotates in the second direction, which drives the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 to move upward together and at the same time drives the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground.
  • the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491
  • the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the connection between the motor 451 and the power source according to this signal.
  • the electromagnet 4861 is kept energized, so that the flip structure 423 is flipped to a specified height and held.
  • step S2 when the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. The resultant force is small.
  • a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass at a red light
  • the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will detach.
  • the electromagnet 4861 maintains the upper end of the moving rail, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the moving rail.
  • the flip structure 423 is flipped in the opposite direction under the effect of its own weight and / or the external force of the spring force, so that the flip body 4232 is flipped to a tiled state.
  • step S2 when the road is prohibited from passing, the playback device 430 of the safety blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
  • the difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the eleventh embodiment and the tenth embodiment is that the working steps of the safety protection are different.
  • the initial position of the electromagnet 4861 is located at the bottom of the motion guide 4862.
  • the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt (for example, the red light is forbidden to pass).
  • the control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted.
  • the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and rotates the motor 451 in the second direction to drive the electromagnet.
  • 4861 and the armature 4863 move upwards simultaneously and cause the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground.
  • the overturning structure 423 rotates through a specified angle, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal
  • the electromagnet 4861 remains energized, thereby turning the flip structure 423 to a specified angle and maintaining it.
  • the display device 410 displays publicity slogans such as red lights and / or safe travel, so as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from passing through the red lights.
  • the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. At this time, the attracting force of the electromagnet 44316 is relatively small.
  • the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will disengage, the electromagnet 4861 remains on the upper end of the motion guide 4862, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the motion guide, while the flip structure 423 is on its side.
  • the flip body 4421 Under the effect of self weight and / or external force, the flip body 4421 is flipped to the tiled state in the opposite direction, which can prevent the flip structure 423 from being damaged and cause damage to non-motor vehicles that run through the red light. Since the road is still in a prohibited state at this time, the control system 490 controls the blocking device to restart according to the startup process after the non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, so that the overturning structure 423 is overturned to the preset position again.
  • the control system controls the electromagnet 4861 to power off, and the flip structure 423 returns to a state parallel to the ground.
  • the control system controls the power unit 450 to be energized, and the motor 451 to rotate in the first direction through the first transmission assembly. 481 and the second transmission assembly 484 make the electromagnet 4861 move down the moving guide rail 4862.
  • the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the protruding end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 moves to the control system. 490 sends out a signal, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when power is off.
  • the difference between the transportation system in Embodiment 12 and Embodiments 1 to 11 is that the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50, and a crossing bridge 200 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the downside non-motorized lane is provided at the intersection 10, and the overpass in the street A transport mechanism 190 is provided at both ends of the 200.
  • the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50.
  • a crossover bridge 200 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the downside non-motorized lane is provided, and transport mechanisms 190 are provided at both ends of the crossover bridge 200.
  • the number of the transport mechanisms 190 at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200 may be multiple.
  • the position of the transport mechanism 190 may be installed at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200, and a pedestrian ladder may be installed at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200 at the same time.
  • the specific structure of the transport mechanism 190 is as follows:
  • each transportation mechanism 190 includes a bracket 100, a plurality of pulleys 110, two transportation devices, and a driving assembly 130.
  • the plurality of pulleys 110 are disposed on the bracket 100.
  • the two transportation devices are connected to each other through a first transmission rope 120, and the first transmission rope 120 passes through at least a part of the pulley 110 to connect a transportation device with the bracket 100.
  • Each transportation device has a capacity to accommodate pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. Accommodating cavity.
  • the driving assembly 130 is disposed on the bracket 100, the second transmission rope 140 is wound around a part of the pulley 110 and one of the two transportation devices is connected to the driving assembly 130, and the third transmission rope 150 is wound around the other part of the pulley 110 One of the two transportation devices is connected to the driving assembly 130.
  • the driving assembly 130 has a first working state and a second working state. When the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission. Rope 140 to lower the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to make the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150 Lowering, wherein the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are respectively connected to different transportation devices.
  • the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission rope 140 to lift and lower at least one transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140, and then another transportation device is in the transportation device. And the first driving rope 120 is pulled to perform a movement opposite to the movement direction of the transportation device so that the movement directions of the two transportation devices are opposite, the driving assembly 130 enables the two transportation devices carrying the pedestrian and the non-motor vehicle to realize one Ascending, another descending action; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150, and the driving structure can The transport device can be driven.
  • the transport structure in this embodiment not only reduces the processing cost, but also has a more complex structure, thereby solving the transport mechanism for transporting pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the prior art.
  • the two transportation devices become counterweights to each other, saving energy.
  • the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are steel wire ropes, and the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are respectively four.
  • both ends of the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are connected to the lower surfaces of the driving structure 131 and the two transportation devices, respectively.
  • the second transmission rope 140 connects the lower end surface of one transportation device with the driving component 130
  • the third transmission rope 150 connects the lower end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component 130.
  • the driving component when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope.
  • the second transmission rope connects the upper end surface of one transportation device with the driving component
  • the third transmission rope connects the upper end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component.
  • the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is raised, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is lowered; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third
  • the transport device connected to the transmission rope is raised, the other transport device connected to the transport device is lowered, so that the moving directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism for lifting and transporting is realized.
  • the driving component when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope.
  • the second transmission rope connects the upper end surface of one transportation device with the driving component
  • the third transmission rope connects the lower end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component.
  • the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is raised, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is lowered; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third
  • the transport device connected to the transmission rope is lowered, the other transport device connected to the transport device is raised, so that the movement directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism to lift and transport is realized.
  • the driving component when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to lower the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope.
  • the second transmission rope connects the lower end surface of one transportation device with the driving component
  • the third transmission rope connects the upper end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component.
  • the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is lowered, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is rising; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third
  • the transport device connected to the transmission rope is lowered, the other transport device connected to the transport device is raised, so that the movement directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism to lift and transport is realized.
  • transport devices are not limited to this. Optionally, there are four, six, eight or more transport devices.
  • the moving guide rails of the two transportation devices are parallel and the two will not interfere or contact during the lifting process.
  • a portion of the first transmission rope 120 connects the upper surfaces of the transportation devices together, and a portion of the first transmission rope 120 connects the lower surfaces of the transportation devices together. In this way, the above-mentioned connection mode ensures that when one transport device rises, another transport device connected to the transport device falls, thereby improving the operational reliability of the transport mechanism.
  • the transportation device has a cubic structure. It should be noted that the structure of the transportation device is not limited to this, and optionally, the transportation device is a sphere or an ellipsoid.
  • the first driving rope 120 includes a plurality of first sub-driving ropes, and two ends of each first sub-driving rope are respectively connected to at least a part of the first transport device 160 and at least a part of the second transport device 170, and each first The sub-driving rope is wound around at least one pulley 110.
  • the first driving rope 120 includes eight first sub-driving ropes, four first sub-driving ropes are used on the upper surfaces of the two transportation devices, and four first sub-drivings are used on the lower surfaces of the two transportation devices.
  • Rope, and the connection points of the two ends of a first sub-drive rope on the two transport devices are located at the same position of the transport device or within a predetermined range of the position to ensure that the first drive rope 120 can transport the two transports
  • the devices are smoothly connected together to prevent the shaking or vibration of the transportation device during the lifting process from affecting the pedestrian experience.
  • the number of the first sub driving ropes is not limited to this.
  • the first driving rope 120 includes four or six or ten first sub-driving ropes. In this way, the above-mentioned arrangement makes the connection between the two transportation devices more stable, thereby improving the structural reliability of the transportation mechanism.
  • the driving assembly 130 includes a driving structure 131.
  • the driving structure 131 is a double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder.
  • One of the piston rods pulls at least one transport device through the second transmission rope 140 for lifting, and the other piston rod
  • the three driving ropes 150 pull at least one transport device for lifting.
  • the two piston rods of the double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder can separately control the two transportation devices, thereby making the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and more compact, and reducing the processing cost of the transportation mechanism.
  • the oil pump 180 drives the double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder, and the piston rod of the hydraulic cylinder drives the pulley 110 to move horizontally, and the first transmission device 160 and the third transmission rope 150 are pulled by the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150.
  • the second transportation device 170 moves up and down, and a pulley set composed of three pulleys 110 installed on each top corner of the first transportation device 160 and the second transportation device 170 moves along the bracket 100 to move the first transportation device 160 and the second transportation device.
  • the positioning of the movement trajectory of 170 can realize the vertical movement of the first transport device 160 and the second transport device 170, thereby achieving the transportation purpose and solving the problem of time and effort of the non-motor vehicle crossing the overpass.
  • a transportation mechanism is disposed between the overpass and the ground, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the overpass enter a transportation device located above, and the transportation device is connected to the driving assembly 130 through the second transmission rope 140; Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles enter the transportation device located below, and the device is connected to the driving assembly 130 through the third driving rope 150.
  • the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, and a piston rod pulls the second driving rope 140 so that The transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140 descends, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device 140 is driven up by the first transmission rope 120 to transport pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the overpass to the ground.
  • Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground are transported to the overpass.
  • the above-mentioned transportation mode is not only highly efficient, but also makes the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and easier to implement.
  • the type of the driving structure 131 is not limited to this.
  • the driving structure 131 is a motor.
  • the two transportation devices include a first transportation device 160 and a second transportation device 170.
  • One of the piston rods pulls the first transportation device 160 down through the second transmission rope 140, and the other piston rod passes the first transportation device 160.
  • the three driving ropes 150 pull the second transportation device 170 to descend.
  • the structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
  • a transport mechanism is disposed between the tunnel and the ground.
  • Pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the tunnel enter the first transportation device 160 located below, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground enter the second transportation located above.
  • the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, and the other piston rod pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lower the second transportation device 170.
  • the first transportation device 160 connected to the second transportation device 170 is at the first Driven by the driving rope 120, the pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the tunnel are transported to the ground, and the pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground are transported into the tunnel.
  • the above-mentioned transportation mode is not only highly efficient, but also makes the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and easier to implement.
  • the driving assembly 130 further includes a mounting bracket 132.
  • the mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 are connected by fasteners, and the driving structure 131 and the bracket 100 are connected by the mounting bracket 132.
  • the above arrangement makes the structure of the transport mechanism more compact and the structure layout more reasonable. It also makes the installation or removal of the driving structure 131 and the bracket 100 easier and simpler, and reduces the labor intensity of workers.
  • the fastener is a screw or bolt.
  • connection manner between the mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 is not limited to this.
  • the mounting bracket 132 is soldered or riveted with the bracket 100.
  • the above connection method makes the connection between the mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 more stable, and prolongs the service life of the transport mechanism.
  • the driving assembly 130 further includes a pulley mounting bracket 133.
  • the pulley mounting bracket 133 is disposed on the mounting bracket 132. At least a part of the pulley 110 is mounted on the pulley mounting bracket 133 and can move with the driving structure 131.
  • the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are wound around the portion of the pulley. 110 on.
  • the pulley 110 installed on the pulley mounting bracket 133 is a movable pulley, and can move with the piston rod to pull the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 provided on the movable pulley to realize the first transportation device.
  • the lifting movement of 160 and the second transportation device 170 is a movable pulley, and can move with the piston rod to pull the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 provided on the movable pulley to realize the first transportation device.
  • the bracket 100 includes a plurality of connecting pipes. Among them, a plurality of connecting pipes are fastened to form a bracket 100.
  • the structure of the above structure is simple, easy to implement and process, and makes installation or removal of the bracket 100 easier and simpler.
  • the height of the bracket 100 can be adjusted, the range of application is wider, the disassembly and assembly is convenient, and it is movable.
  • connection manner of the plurality of connection pipes is not limited to this.
  • a plurality of connecting pipes are welded or riveted or inserted.
  • the transportation mechanism also includes a control system.
  • the control system is used to control the movement mode of the driving structure 131, so that the driving structure 131 can be in the first working state or the second working state, so as to realize the lifting movement of the transportation device.
  • the control system controls the piston rod of the driving structure 131 connected to the second transmission rope 140, so that the piston rod is retracted, so that the second transmission rope 140 pulls the first transportation device
  • the 160 is lowered
  • the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state.
  • the control system controls the piston rod of the driving structure 131 connected to the third transmission rope 150 to make the piston rod retract.
  • the third transmission rope 150 pulls the second transportation device 170 to descend, the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state.
  • the mode of transportation includes:
  • Step S1 pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground enter at least one transport device, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on a tunnel or overpass enter at least one transport device;
  • Step S2 The driving assembly 130 drives the transport device carrying pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground to ascend or descend, and is connected to the transport device carrying pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground and carrying pedestrians on the tunnel or overpass
  • the transport device of the non-motor vehicle is raised or lowered by the first driving rope 120 of the transport mechanism, so as to transport pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground to the tunnel or the overpass.
  • the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission rope 140 to lift and lower at least one transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140, and then another transportation device is in the transportation device. And the first driving rope 120 is pulled to perform a movement opposite to the movement direction of the transportation device so that the movement directions of the two transportation devices are opposite, the driving assembly 130 enables the two transportation devices carrying the pedestrian and the non-motor vehicle to realize one Ascending, another descending action; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150, and the driving structure can The transport device can be driven.
  • step S2 the control system of the transportation mechanism can control the working state of the driving structure 131 of the driving assembly 130, and the control system controls the driving structure when the transportation device moves to the ground or tunnel ground or overpass. 131 Stops operation so that the transport device no longer moves.
  • the difference between the transport mechanism in the thirteenth embodiment and the twelfth embodiment is that the structure of the driving assembly 130 is different.
  • the driving assembly includes two driving structures, and the two driving structures are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the two transportation devices.
  • the driving assembly When the driving assembly is in the first working state, one driving structure pulls the other through a second transmission rope.
  • One transportation device performs lifting; when the driving assembly is in the second working state, one driving structure pulls another transportation device through the third transmission rope to perform lifting.
  • the two driving structures control the two transport devices respectively, thereby making the structure of the transport mechanism simpler and more compact, and reducing the processing cost of the transport mechanism.
  • the two transportation devices include a first transportation device and a second transportation device, and the lifting directions of the first transportation device and the second transportation device are parallel to each other.
  • One of the driving structures pulls the first transportation device down through the second transmission rope, and the other driving structure pulls the second transportation device down through the third transmission rope.
  • the structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
  • the two driving structures include a first driving structure and a second driving structure.
  • the first driving structure is connected to the first transportation device through a second transmission rope
  • the second driving structure is connected to the second transportation through a third transmission rope.
  • the device is connected.
  • the control system can control the first driving structure and the second driving structure separately, so as to achieve the control of the driving structure to the first transport device and the second transport device, respectively, so that the operation of the transport mechanism by the staff is easier.
  • a transport mechanism is disposed between the tunnel and the ground, and pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles in the tunnel enter the first transportation device located below, and pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground enter the second transportation device located above.
  • the second drive structure pulls the third transmission rope to lower the second transportation device, and the first transportation device connected to the second transportation device rises under the driving of the first transmission rope.
  • the driving assembly When the first transport device needs to be lowered again, the driving assembly is in the first working state, and the first driving structure pulls the second transmission rope to lower the first transport device and return to the tunnel to facilitate pedestrians and non-tunnels in the tunnel.
  • the motor vehicle was transported to the ground again.
  • the two driving structures are hydraulic cylinders.
  • the left-turning upward vehicle passes the first left-turning upward lane and the second left-turning upward lane in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road.
  • the straight-through vehicle travels through the straight-up lane to the opposite road, then the straight-up lane There is no intersection with the first left-turn up lane, and they can pass at the same time, which shortens the waiting time of left-turn up lanes, avoids congestion on the left-turn up lane, and affects the traffic efficiency of the plane transportation system. Reducing or even eliminating the interference of non-motor vehicles on the driving of motor vehicles, thereby solving the problem of serious traffic jams at intersections in the prior art, which affects the efficiency of traffic systems.
  • the design concept of the present invention can be applied to a T-junction or a five-way intersection.
  • the design concept of the present invention is used in countries where the motor vehicle is driving to the right, such as China, and also used in countries where the motor vehicle is driving to the left, such as Japan and the United Kingdom.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Civil Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Refuge Islands, Traffic Blockers, Or Guard Fence (AREA)

Abstract

A traffic system, comprising mutually intersecting roads. A road intersection is divided into a crossroad (10) and outer roads of the crossroad by setting a stop line at the road intersection; the outer road of the crossroad is at least divided into a straight-going ascending lane and a straight-going descending lane by using a lane division line; a traffic signal light is provided above the crossroad (10); an adjustment zone (20) is provided on the outer road of the crossroad at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight-going ascending lane; at least one lane at the outermost of the outer road of the crossroad adjacent to the straight-going ascending lane is set as a left-turn straight-going lane (312); a left-turn guide line is provided in the adjustment zone (20); and a first left-turn traffic signal light (711) is provided at the adjustment zone (20). The traffic system shortens the vehicle waiting time and improves the passing efficiency.

Description

一种交通系统Traffic system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及道路交通技术领域,具体而言,涉及一种交通系统及具有其的城市交通系统。The invention relates to the technical field of road traffic, and in particular to a traffic system and an urban traffic system having the same.
背景技术Background technique
目前,随着人们生活水平的提高,有车族越来越多,给城市交通带来巨大压力,尤其是交叉路口的左转车道,堵车现象尤为严重,影响了车辆在交叉路口的通行效率。在现有技术中,为了提高交叉路口交通的流畅性,采取了相应的措施,然而,效果不太明显,交叉路口仍然存在较为严重的交通拥堵现象。At present, with the improvement of people's living standards, there are more and more car families, which brings great pressure to urban traffic, especially left-turn lanes at intersections. Traffic jams are particularly serious, affecting the efficiency of vehicles at intersections. In the prior art, corresponding measures have been taken in order to improve the smoothness of traffic at intersections. However, the effect is not obvious, and there are still serious traffic congestions at intersections.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本发明的主要目的在于提供一种平面交通系统及具有其的城市交通系统,以解决现有技术中交叉路口的左转车道堵车较为严重,影响交通系统通行效率的问题。The main purpose of the present invention is to provide a plane transportation system and an urban transportation system with the same, in order to solve the problem of serious traffic jams in left-turn lanes at intersections in the prior art, which affects the traffic system traffic efficiency.
为了实现上述目的,本发明解决其技术问题的技术方案是:In order to achieve the above objective, the technical solution of the present invention to solve its technical problems is:
一种交通系统,包括相互交叉的道路,在道路交叉处通过设置停止线将道路交叉处分为交叉路口和交叉路口外道路,交叉路口外道路用分道线至少分为直行上行车道和直行下行车道,在交叉路口的上方设置有交通信号灯,其特征在于,在距离直行上行车道的停止线预设距离处的交叉路口外道路上设有调整区,将直行上行车道相邻的交叉路口外道路的最外侧至少一条车道设为左转上行车道,在调整区内设有左转导引线,在调整区处设有第一左转交通信号灯。A traffic system includes roads that cross each other. Road crossings are divided into intersections and roads outside intersections by setting stop lines at road intersections, and road lanes for roads outside intersections are at least divided into straight up lanes and straight down lanes. A traffic signal is provided above the intersection, which is characterized in that an adjustment zone is provided on the road outside the intersection at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight up lane, and the road on the road outside the intersection adjacent to the straight up lane is adjusted. At least one lane on the outermost side is set as a left turn up lane, a left turn guide line is provided in the adjustment area, and a first left turn traffic signal light is provided at the adjustment area.
优选的,所述的交通信号灯包括直行交通信号灯和第二左转交通信号灯。Preferably, the traffic signals include a straight traffic signal and a second left-turn traffic signal.
优选的,调整区将上行车道分成调整区前段和调整区后段,将调整区后段的最内侧至少一条车道设为第一左转上行车道,所述的左转上行车道为第二左转上行车道,所述的左转导引线起于第一左转上行车道的出口止于第二左转上行车道,在调整区的上方上行车道一侧设有第一直行信号灯,设于交叉路口上方的直行信号灯为第二直行信号灯,在调整区的上方下行车道一侧设有下行直行信号灯。Preferably, the adjustment zone divides the up lane into the front of the adjustment zone and the back of the adjustment zone, and sets at least one lane on the innermost side of the rear zone of the adjustment zone as the first left turn up lane, and the left turn up lane is the second left turn In the up lane, the left turn guidance line starts from the exit of the first left turn up lane and ends at the second left turn up lane. A first straight traffic light is provided on the side of the up lane above the adjustment area and is set at the intersection The straight signal light above the intersection is a second straight signal light, and a downward straight signal light is provided on the side of the down lane on the upper side of the adjustment area.
优选的,将上行车道的调整区后段的外侧至少一条车道设为右转车道或右转直行车道。Preferably, at least one lane on the outer side of the rear section of the adjustment zone of the up lane is a right-turn lane or a right-turn straight lane.
优选的,还包括信号灯控制系统,所述信号控制系统控制的信号灯组包括:Preferably, a signal light control system is further included, and the signal light group controlled by the signal control system includes:
第一左转信号灯,设置在所述调整区,用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A first left-turn signal lamp, which is disposed in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left-turn up lane;
第二左转信号灯,设置在所述交叉路口,用于指示行驶于第二左转上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A second left turn signal light, which is provided at the intersection and is used to indicate the driving state of a vehicle driving on the second left turn up lane;
第一直行信号灯,设置在所述调整区,用于指示行驶于第一直行上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A first straight traffic signal, which is arranged in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the first straight traffic lane;
第二直行信号灯,设置在所述交叉路口,用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A second straight-through signal light, which is arranged at the intersection and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the second straight-up lane;
第三直行信号灯,设置在所述调整区,用于指示行驶于第一直行下行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A third straight-moving signal lamp, which is arranged in the adjustment area and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on a first straight-down lane;
调头信号灯,用于指示行驶于掉头车道的车辆的行驶状态;U-turn signal light, used to indicate the driving status of vehicles driving in the U-turn lane;
非机动车第一信号灯,用于指示行驶于非机动车道的非机动车辆的行驶状态;The first non-motor vehicle signal light is used to indicate the driving status of the non-motor vehicle driving in the non-motor lane;
非机动车第二信号灯,用于指示行驶于辅助通道的非机动车辆的行驶状态。The second non-motor vehicle signal light is used to indicate the driving state of the non-motor vehicle driving on the auxiliary passage.
优选的,还包括非机动车道,在交叉路口设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道,在上行非机动车道的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构,当所述非机动车道处于不可通行状态时,所述安全阻拦机构能够对非机动车辆进行阻拦,防止非机动车辆通行,和/或当所述辅助通道处于不可通行状态时,所述安全阻拦机构能够对行人及非机动车辆进行阻拦,防止行人及非机动车辆通行。Preferably, it also includes a non-motorized lane, an auxiliary lane connecting the uphill non-motorized lane and the downside non-motorized lane at an intersection, and a safety blocking mechanism at a stop line of the uphill non-motorized lane. When in an impassable state, the safety blocking mechanism can block non-motor vehicles to prevent the passage of non-motor vehicles, and / or when the auxiliary passage is in an impassable state, the safety blocking mechanism can block pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. Vehicles are blocked to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
优选的,所述安全阻拦机构包括:Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism includes:
显示装置,所述显示装置具有第一显示状态和第二显示状态,当所述显示装置处于所述第一显示状态时,所述非机动车道和/或所述辅助通道处于通行状态;当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述非机动车道和/或所述辅助通道处于非通行状态;A display device, the display device having a first display state and a second display state, when the display device is in the first display state, the non-motorized lane and / or the auxiliary passage is in a traffic state; when When the display device is in the second display state, the non-motorized lane and / or the auxiliary passage is in a non-traffic state;
阻拦装置,具有通行位置及阻拦位置,当所述显示装置处于所述第一显示状态时,所述阻拦装置处于所述通行位置;当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,至少一部分所述阻拦装置相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,所述阻拦装置处于所述阻拦位置,以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。The blocking device has a passage position and a blocking position. When the display device is in the first display state, the blocking device is in the passage position; when the display device is in the second display state, at least a part The blocking device is flipped relative to the ground, and is arranged at an angle with the ground. The blocking device is in the blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
优选的,所述阻拦装置包括:Preferably, the blocking device includes:
至少两个壳体,设置在所述显示装置的下方;At least two shells are disposed below the display device;
驱动组件,设置在至少一个所述壳体内;A driving assembly disposed in at least one of the housings;
至少一个翻转结构,所述翻转结构设置在至少两个所述壳体之间,且能够相对于所述壳体翻转,所述驱动组件至少能够驱动所述翻转结构的一端,以使所述翻转结构相对于地面进行翻转。At least one flip structure, the flip structure is disposed between at least two of the shells, and can be flipped relative to the shells, and the driving component can drive at least one end of the flip structure to make the flips The structure is flipped relative to the ground.
优选的,所述翻转结构包括:Preferably, the flip structure includes:
连接轴;Connecting shaft
翻转本体,包括顺次连接的第一板体和第二板体,所述连接轴设置在所述第一板体远离所述第二板体的一侧,且所述翻转本体绕所述连接轴翻转,所述第二板体为弧形板。The flip body includes a first plate body and a second plate body connected in sequence, the connecting shaft is disposed on a side of the first plate body away from the second plate body, and the flip body surrounds the connection The shaft is flipped, and the second plate body is an arc-shaped plate.
优选的,所述第一板体为平面板,所述翻转结构包括:Preferably, the first plate body is a flat plate, and the flip structure includes:
多个加固件,设置在所述第一板体和所述第二板体形成的腔体中,且所述加固件与所述第一板体和所述第二板体均连接,多个所述加固件沿所述连接轴的延伸方向间隔设置。A plurality of reinforcing members are disposed in a cavity formed by the first plate body and the second plate body, and the reinforcing members are connected to both the first plate body and the second plate body. The reinforcing members are disposed at intervals along the extending direction of the connecting shaft.
优选的,所述翻转结构还包括:Preferably, the flip structure further includes:
至少一个显示屏,至少一个所述显示屏设置在所述第一板体上。At least one display screen, at least one of the display screens is disposed on the first board.
优选的,所述翻转结构为多个,且相邻的两个所述翻转结构的所述连接轴之间焊接或卡接或铆接或紧固连接;和/或相邻的两个所述翻转结构的所述翻转本体之间焊接或卡接或铆接或紧固连接。Preferably, there are a plurality of flip structures, and the connecting shafts of two adjacent flip structures are welded or snapped or riveted or fastened; and / or two adjacent flips are flipped. The flip bodies of the structure are welded or snapped or riveted or fastened.
优选的,所述驱动组件包括:Preferably, the driving component includes:
驱动结构;Drive structure
离合结构,所述驱动结构能够驱动所述离合结构的主动件转动;A clutch structure, the driving structure is capable of driving a driving member of the clutch structure to rotate;
电磁结构,当所述电磁结构处于通电状态且所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述电磁结构能够驱动所述离合结构的从动件朝向所述主动件运动,以使所述从动件与所述主动件能够同步转动,所述连接轴与所述从动件连接且能够随着所述从动件一起转动,以使所述阻拦装置处于所述阻拦位置。An electromagnetic structure, when the electromagnetic structure is in an energized state and the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure can drive a driven member of the clutch structure to move toward the active member, so that the The driven part can rotate synchronously with the driving part, and the connecting shaft is connected with the driven part and can rotate together with the driven part, so that the blocking device is in the blocking position.
优选的,所述驱动组件还包括:Preferably, the driving component further includes:
传动结构,与所述驱动结构连接,且通过所述传动结构对所述主动件进行驱动;A transmission structure, which is connected to the driving structure, and drives the active member through the transmission structure;
连接件,所述连接件的第一端能够被所述电磁结构吸合,所述连接件的第二端与所述从动件连接且能够带动所述从动件移动,当所述电磁结构处于通电状态且所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述电磁结构对所述连接件的第一端进行吸合,以使所述第一端通过所述第二端带动所述从动件朝向所述主动件运动,直至所述主动件与所述从动件能够同步运动。A connecting member, a first end of the connecting member can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure, and a second end of the connecting member is connected to the driven member and can drive the driven member to move, when the electromagnetic structure When the display device is in the power-on state and the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure attracts the first end of the connector so that the first end drives the first end through the second end. The driven member moves toward the driving member until the driving member and the driven member can move synchronously.
所述驱动组件还包括:The driving component further includes:
过渡连接件,与所述从动件通过链条连接,所述过渡连接件能够随着所述从动件一起转动,所述过渡连接件与所述连接轴连接,以带动所述翻转本体相对于地面翻转。The transition link is connected to the follower through a chain, the transition link can rotate with the follower, and the transition link is connected to the connection shaft to drive the flip body relative to The ground flips.
优选的,所述驱动组件还包括:Preferably, the driving component further includes:
传动结构,与所述驱动结构连接,且通过所述传动结构对所述主动件进行驱动;A transmission structure, which is connected to the driving structure, and drives the active member through the transmission structure;
连接件,所述连接件包括第一部分和第二部分,所述第一部分能够被所述电磁结构吸合并朝向所述电磁结构运动,所述第二部分与所述从动件连接且能够带动所述从动件移动,所述第一部分和所述第二部分的接触面为斜面,当所述电磁结构处于通电状态且所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述电磁结构对所述连接件的第一部分进行吸合,以使所述第一部分带动所述第二部分及所述从动件朝向所述主动件运动,直至所述主动件与所述从动件(4222b)能够同步运动。A connecting piece, the connecting piece comprising a first part and a second part, the first part being able to be attracted by the electromagnetic structure and moving toward the electromagnetic structure, the second part being connected to the follower and capable of driving When the follower moves, the contact surface between the first part and the second part is an inclined surface. When the electromagnetic structure is in a power-on state and the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure The first part of the connecting member is attracted, so that the first part drives the second part and the driven member to move toward the driving member until the driving member and the driven member (4222b) can Synchronized movement.
优选的,所述从动件上具有限位凹部,所述连接件伸入至所述限位凹部内且与所述限位凹部限位止挡。Preferably, the driven member has a limiting recess, and the connecting member extends into the limiting recess and stops with the limiting recess.
优选的,所述传动结构包括:Preferably, the transmission structure includes:
传动带;Transmission belt;
减速器,通过所述传动带将所述驱动结构与所述减速器连接,且所述减速器的输出轴穿设在所述主动件上。The speed reducer connects the driving structure and the speed reducer through the transmission belt, and an output shaft of the speed reducer passes through the driving member.
优选的,所述安全阻拦机构还包括:Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
第一传感器,设置在所述翻转结构上,用于检测所述翻转结构相对于地面的翻转角度;A first sensor disposed on the flip structure and configured to detect a flip angle of the flip structure relative to the ground;
控制系统,与所述电磁结构和/或所述驱动结构电连接,当所述翻转角度等于或大于预设角度值时,所述第一传感器向所述控制系统发送信号,所述控制系统断开所述驱动结构与电源的连接,所述主动件停止转动。The control system is electrically connected to the electromagnetic structure and / or the driving structure. When the flip angle is equal to or greater than a preset angle value, the first sensor sends a signal to the control system, and the control system is turned off. When the driving structure is disconnected from the power source, the driving member stops rotating.
优选的,所述安全阻拦机构还包括:Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
第二传感器,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态且所述第二传感器检测到非机动车辆通行时,所述控制系统断开所述电磁结构与电源的连接,所述从动件与所述主动件分离,所述翻转结构在自重的作用下进行翻转且处于所述通行位置。A second sensor, when the display device is in the second display state and the second sensor detects the passage of a non-motor vehicle, the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure from the power source, and the follower Separate from the active member, the flip structure is flipped under its own weight and is in the passing position.
优选的,所述显示装置包括:Preferably, the display device includes:
外罩;Outer cover
交通灯组件,设置在所述外罩内,所述交通灯组件包括至少一个红灯和至少一个绿灯,当所述显示装置处于所述第一显示状态时,所述绿灯运行;当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述红灯运行。A traffic light assembly is disposed in the outer cover. The traffic light assembly includes at least one red light and at least one green light. When the display device is in the first display state, the green light operates; when the display device When in the second display state, the red light is running.
优选的,所述安全阻拦机构还包括:Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
播放器,设置在所述显示装置上,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述播放器播放语音以避免所述非机动车辆通行。A player is provided on the display device, and when the display device is in the second display state, the player plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
根据本发明的另一方面,提供了一种用于交通系统的安全保护方法,采用上述的安全阻拦机构,安全保护方法包括:According to another aspect of the present invention, a security protection method for a traffic system is provided. The security blocking mechanism described above is used. The security protection method includes:
步骤S1:判断所述安全阻拦机构的显示装置的显示状态;Step S1: determine the display state of the display device of the safety blocking mechanism;
步骤S2:Step S2:
当所述显示装置处于第一显示状态时,所述交通系统处于通行状态且所述安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置处于通行位置;When the display device is in a first display state, the traffic system is in a passing state and the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism is in a passing position;
当所述显示装置处于第二显示状态时,所述交通系统处于非通行状态,且所述安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置处于阻拦位置,以避免非机动车辆通行。When the display device is in the second display state, the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, and the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism is in a blocking position to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing.
优选的,在所述步骤S2中,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述阻拦装置的翻转结构相对于地面进行翻转,以对非机动车辆进行阻拦。Preferably, in the step S2, when the display device is in the second display state, the flip structure of the blocking device is flipped relative to the ground to block non-motor vehicles.
优选的,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述安全阻拦机构的电磁结构处于通电状态,且所述电磁结构吸合所述安全阻拦机构的连接件,以使所述连接件带动所述安全阻拦机构的离合结构的从动件朝向所述离合结构的主动件运动,直至所述主动件与所述从动件能够同步运动,所述安全阻拦机构的驱动结构驱动所述离合结构的主动件转动,所述主动件带动所述从动件及所述翻转结构进行翻转。Preferably, when the display device is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure of the safety blocking mechanism is in an energized state, and the electromagnetic structure engages a connector of the safety blocking mechanism to make the connection The driven member of the clutch structure of the safety blocking mechanism moves toward the driving member of the clutch structure until the driving member and the driven member can move synchronously, and the driving structure of the safety blocking mechanism drives the The driving member of the clutch structure rotates, and the driving member drives the driven member and the turning structure to flip.
优选的,当所述安全阻拦机构的第一传感器检测到所述翻转结构翻转至预设角度值时,所述安全阻拦机构的控制系统断开所述驱动结构与电源的连接,且所述电磁结构仍然处于通电状态。Preferably, when the first sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects that the flip structure is turned to a preset angle value, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the driving structure from the power source, and the electromagnetic The structure is still powered.
优选的,在所述步骤S2中,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态且所述安全阻拦机构的第二传感器检测到非机动车辆通行时,所述安全阻拦机构的控制系统断开所述电磁结构与电源的连接,所述从动件与所述主动件分离,所述翻转结构在自重的作用下进行翻转且处于所述通行位置。Preferably, in the step S2, when the display device is in the second display state and the second sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects the passage of a non-motor vehicle, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism is disconnected The connection between the electromagnetic structure and the power source, the follower is separated from the drive, and the overturning structure is turned over under its own weight and is in the passing position.
优选的,在所述步骤S2中,当所述显示装置处于所述第二显示状态时,所述安全阻拦机构的播放器播放语音以避免所述非机动车辆通行。Preferably, in the step S2, when the display device is in the second display state, the player of the safety blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
优选的,所述的安全阻拦机构至少包括:动力装置,用于为所述安全阻拦机构的运行提供动力;Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism includes at least: a power device for providing power for the operation of the safety blocking mechanism;
阻拦装置,当道路允许通行时,所述阻拦装置处于所述通行状态;当道路禁止通行时,至少一部分所述阻拦装置在动力装置和传动系统的牵引下相对于地平面向上翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,所述阻拦装置处于所述阻拦状态,以避免非机动车辆通行;Blocking device, when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device is in the passing state; when the road is forbidden, at least a part of the blocking device is turned upward relative to the ground plane under the traction of the power unit and the transmission system, and is opposite to the ground Set at an angle, the blocking device is in the blocking state to avoid the passage of non-motor vehicles;
传动系统,用于切断或传递动力装置所提供的动力;Transmission system for cutting off or transmitting the power provided by the power unit;
控制系统,与所述动力装置和/或离合装置电连接,用于检测外部信息并且通过电信号控制所述动力装置和/或所述传动系统来控制和调整所述阻拦装置的运行状态;A control system electrically connected to the power device and / or the clutch device, for detecting external information and controlling the power device and / or the transmission system through electric signals to control and adjust the operating state of the blocking device;
其中,当所述阻拦装置处于所述阻拦位置时,如果遇到非机动车强行通过时,所述控制系统会调整所述阻拦装置的运行状态,防止非机动车驾驶员受伤和/或所述安全阻拦机构被破坏。Wherein, when the blocking device is in the blocking position, if a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, the control system will adjust the operating state of the blocking device to prevent the non-motor vehicle driver from being injured and / or the The security blocking mechanism was destroyed.
优选的,所述阻拦装置包括:Preferably, the blocking device includes:
翻转结构,所述翻转结构设置在与地面平行的位置,且能够相对于地面翻转,所述传动系统至少能够驱动所述翻转结构的一端,以使所述翻转结构相对于地面进行翻转。The turning structure is arranged in a position parallel to the ground and can be turned relative to the ground. The transmission system can drive at least one end of the turning structure to turn the turning structure relative to the ground.
优选的,所述翻转结构包括:Preferably, the flip structure includes:
第一连接轴,与传动系统相连接;The first connecting shaft is connected with the transmission system;
连接元件,连接第一连接轴和第二连接轴;A connecting element connecting the first connecting shaft and the second connecting shaft;
第二连接轴,通过连接元件与第一连接轴相连接,且随第一连接轴翻转;The second connecting shaft is connected to the first connecting shaft through a connecting element and is flipped with the first connecting shaft;
若干翻转本体,与所述第二连接轴相连接,且所述翻转本体随所述第二连接轴翻转,所述翻转本体为矩形板。A plurality of flip bodies are connected to the second connecting shaft, and the flip bodies are turned along with the second connecting shaft, and the flip bodies are rectangular plates.
优选的,所述第二连接轴为方形轴,所述翻转本体与所述第二连接轴通过焊接或卡接或铆接或紧固连接;所述第一连接轴与所述第二连接轴通过焊接或卡接或铆接或紧固连接。Preferably, the second connection shaft is a square shaft, and the flip body and the second connection shaft are connected by welding or snap-fitting or riveting or fastening; the first connection shaft and the second connection shaft pass through Welded or snapped or riveted or fastened.
优选的,所述动力装置包括电动机,所述电动机包括第一方向转动和第二方向转动两种转动状态,所述第一方向转动和第二转动方向的方向相反,所述两种方向转动可以通过控制系统的电信号进行转换,所述电动机通过第一传动链条将动力传输至传动系统。Preferably, the power device includes a motor, and the motor includes two rotation states of a first direction rotation and a second direction rotation, and the first direction rotation and the second rotation direction are opposite directions, and the two direction rotations may be The electric signal of the control system is used for conversion, and the electric motor transmits power to the transmission system through the first transmission chain.
优选的,所述传动系统包括:Preferably, the transmission system includes:
第一传动组件,包括减速器,通过第一传动链条与动力装置连接,通过第二传动链条与第二传动组件连接;The first transmission component includes a reducer, which is connected to the power unit through a first transmission chain, and is connected to the second transmission component through a second transmission chain;
第二传动组件,包括传动轴,所述传动轴通过第二传动链条与第一传动组件相连,通过第三链条与电磁组件相连接;The second transmission component includes a transmission shaft, the transmission shaft is connected to the first transmission component through a second transmission chain, and is connected to the electromagnetic component through a third chain;
电磁组件,通过第四链条与驱动组件相连接,且通过电信号的变化来传递或断开与驱动组件的连通或断开状态;The electromagnetic component is connected with the driving component through a fourth chain, and transmits or disconnects the connection or disconnection state with the driving component through the change of the electrical signal;
驱动组件,通过第四链条与所述电磁组件相连,与所述第一连接轴固定连接,带动所述第一连接轴转动。The driving component is connected to the electromagnetic component through a fourth chain, and is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft to drive the first connecting shaft to rotate.
优选的,所述电磁组件包括:Preferably, the electromagnetic component includes:
运动导轨,电磁铁与衔铁能沿导轨上下移动;Movement rail, electromagnet and armature can move up and down along the rail;
衔铁,能沿运动导轨上下移动,并且通过所述第四传动链带动驱动组件转动;The armature can move up and down along the movement guide, and drives the driving component to rotate through the fourth transmission chain;
电磁铁,通过第三链条与第二传动组件连接,所述电磁铁通电状态下具有磁力,当所述电磁铁处于通电状态且与衔铁距离近时会与衔铁吸合,并且可以牵引衔铁向上移动,电磁铁吸力的大小可以通过控制系统调节电信号的大小来改变;The electromagnet is connected to the second transmission component through a third chain. The electromagnet has magnetic force when it is energized. When the electromagnet is in an energized state and is close to the armature, it will attract the armature and can move the armature upward. , The magnitude of the electromagnet suction can be changed by the control system to adjust the size of the electrical signal;
其中,当电磁铁与衔铁吸合时,动力装置的动力通过传动系统传递至阻拦装置,所述阻拦装置随着电动机的转动进行翻转;当电磁铁断电时,动力装置的动力无法传递至阻拦装置,所述阻拦装置此时处于平铺状态。Among them, when the electromagnet is engaged with the armature, the power of the power device is transmitted to the blocking device through the transmission system, and the blocking device is reversed as the motor rotates; when the electromagnet is powered off, the power of the power device cannot be transmitted to the block. Device, the blocking device is now in a tiled state.
优选的,所述第二传动组件包括:Preferably, the second transmission component includes:
传动轴;transmission shaft;
第一链轮,安装在所述传动轴上,所述第一链轮通过第二链条与第一传动组件相连;A first sprocket is mounted on the transmission shaft, and the first sprocket is connected to the first transmission component through a second chain;
第二链轮,安装在所述传动轴上,所述第二链轮通过第三链条与电磁组件相连接。A second sprocket is mounted on the transmission shaft, and the second sprocket is connected to the electromagnetic component through a third chain.
优选的,所述第二传动组件还包括限位感应块,所述限位感应块安装在所述传动轴上,与所述传动轴同步转动。Preferably, the second transmission assembly further includes a limit sensing block, which is mounted on the transmission shaft and rotates synchronously with the transmission shaft.
优选的,所述控制系统包括:Preferably, the control system includes:
第一传感器,设置在所述第一链轮的同心圆的位置上,用于检测传动轴的旋转角度,当传动轴上的限位感应块接近所述第一传感器时,所述第一传感器向所述控制系统发送信号,所述控制系统断开所述电动机与电源的连接,所述电动机停止转动;A first sensor is disposed at a position of a concentric circle of the first sprocket, and is used to detect a rotation angle of the transmission shaft. When the limit sensing block on the transmission shaft approaches the first sensor, the first sensor Send a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the motor from the power source, and the motor stops rotating;
第二传感器,设置在所述电磁铁上,与所述电磁铁同步运动,当所述第二传感器与所述衔铁上的伸出端到时,所述第二传感器向所述控制系统发送信号,所述控制系统断开所述电动机与电源的连接,所述电动机停止转动;A second sensor is disposed on the electromagnet and moves synchronously with the electromagnet. When the second sensor and the extended end of the armature arrive, the second sensor sends a signal to the control system , The control system disconnects the motor from a power source, and the motor stops rotating;
第三传感器,设置在与所述第一传感器位于同一圆弧的位置,所述第二传感器和所述传动轴中心的连线与所述第一传感器和所述传动轴中心的连线存在 夹角,所述第三传感器和所述第一传感器之间的圆弧长度大于于所述电磁铁和所述电磁铁在所述运动导轨上的行程长度,当传动轴上的限位感应块接近所述第二传感器时,所述第三传感器向所述控制系统发送信号,所述控制系统断开所述电动机与电源的连接,所述电动机停止转动,所述第三传感器作为一种阻拦装置,放置第二传感器故障时电机无法。The third sensor is disposed at the same arc position as the first sensor, and the connection between the second sensor and the transmission shaft center and the connection between the first sensor and the transmission shaft center are clipped. Angle, the arc length between the third sensor and the first sensor is greater than the stroke length of the electromagnet and the electromagnet on the moving guide, and when the limit sensing block on the transmission shaft approaches When the second sensor is used, the third sensor sends a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the motor from the power source, the motor stops rotating, and the third sensor acts as a blocking device The motor cannot be placed when the second sensor fails.
优选的,所述驱动组件包括:Preferably, the driving component includes:
摇臂,与所述第一连接轴通过焊接或卡接或铆接固定连接,并且通过第四传动链条与衔铁连接。The rocker arm is fixedly connected to the first connecting shaft by welding or snap-fitting or riveting, and is connected to the armature through a fourth transmission chain.
优选的,当所述阻拦装置处于所述阻拦状态时,控制系统会将通过电磁铁的电流和/或电压调到能使非机动车安全通过的数值,如有非机动车通过,所述衔铁与电磁铁分离,所述翻转结构在外力和/或自重的作用下进行翻转且处于所述通行位置。Preferably, when the blocking device is in the blocking state, the control system adjusts the current and / or voltage through the electromagnet to a value that enables non-motorized vehicles to pass safely. If the non-motorized vehicle passes, the armature Separate from the electromagnet, the turning structure is turned under the effect of external force and / or self-weight and is in the passing position.
优选的,所述安全阻拦机构还包括:Preferably, the safety blocking mechanism further includes:
支架,用于固定动力装置和传动系统;Bracket for fixing power unit and transmission system;
外罩,罩在所述支架外部;An outer cover that covers the outside of the bracket;
显示装置,设置在所述外罩内,所述显示装置包括至少一个红灯和至少一个绿灯,当道路允许通行时,所述绿灯运行;当道路禁止通行时,所述红灯运行;A display device disposed in the outer cover, the display device including at least one red light and at least one green light, the green light running when the road is allowed to pass; the red light running when the road is forbidden to pass;
播放装置,设置在所述外罩内,当道路禁止通行时,所述播放装置播放语音以避免所述非机动车辆通行。A playback device is disposed in the outer cover, and when the road is forbidden, the playback device plays a voice to avoid the non-motor vehicle from passing.
优选的,还包括非机动车道,在交叉路口设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的过街天桥,在过街天桥的两端设有运输机构。Preferably, it also includes a non-motorized vehicle lane. A crossing bridge connecting the uphill non-motorized vehicle lane and the downward non-motorized vehicle lane is provided at the intersection, and transportation mechanisms are provided at both ends of the overpass.
优选的,所述的运输机构包括:Preferably, the transport mechanism includes:
支架;support;
多个滑轮,设置在所述支架上;A plurality of pulleys arranged on the bracket;
至少两个运输装置,至少两个运输装置之间通过第一传动绳相互连接,且所述第一传动绳穿过至少一部分所述滑轮,以将至少一个所述运输装置与所述支架连接,各所述运输装置具有能够容纳行人及非机动车辆的容纳腔;At least two transportation devices, at least two transportation devices are connected to each other through a first transmission rope, and the first transmission rope passes through at least a part of the pulley to connect at least one of the transportation devices to the bracket, Each said transportation device has a receiving cavity capable of receiving pedestrians and non-motor vehicles;
驱动组件,设置在所述支架上,第二传动绳绕设在至少一部分所述滑轮上且将所述至少两个运输装置中的至少一个运输装置与所述驱动组件连接,第三传动绳绕设在至少一部分所述滑轮上且将所述至少两个运输装置中的至少一个运输装置与所述驱动组件连接,所述驱动组件具有第一工作状态和第二工作状态,当所述驱动组件处于所述第一工作状态时,所述驱动组件拉动所述第二传 动绳,以使与所述第二传动绳连接的运输装置进行升降;当所述驱动组件处于所述第二工作状态时,所述驱动组件拉动所述第三传动绳,以使与所述第三传动绳连接的运输装置进行升降,其中,所述第二传动绳和所述第三传动绳分别与不同的运输装置连接。A driving component is provided on the bracket; a second transmission rope is wound on at least a part of the pulley and at least one of the at least two transportation devices is connected with the driving component; a third transmission rope is wound The driving assembly is provided on at least a part of the pulley and connects at least one of the at least two transporting devices with the driving assembly. The driving assembly has a first working state and a second working state. When in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope, so that the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is lifted; when the driving component is in the second working state The driving component pulls the third transmission rope to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope, wherein the second transmission rope and the third transmission rope are respectively different from different transportation devices connection.
优选的,至少一部分第一传动绳将各运输装置的上表面连接在一起,至少一部分第一传动绳将各运输装置的下表面连接在一起。Preferably, at least a part of the first driving rope connects the upper surfaces of the transportation devices together, and at least a part of the first driving rope connects the lower surfaces of the transportation devices together.
优选的,驱动组件包括一个驱动结构,驱动结构为双活塞杆式液压缸,其中一个活塞杆通过第二传动绳拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降,另一个活塞杆通过第三传动绳拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降。Preferably, the driving assembly includes a driving structure, and the driving structure is a double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder, wherein one piston rod pulls at least one transport device for lifting by the second transmission rope, and the other piston rod pulls at least one transportation by the third transmission rope. The device is raised and lowered.
优选的,至少两个运输装置包括第一运输装置和第二运输装置,其中一个活塞杆通过第二传动绳拉动第一运输装置进行升降,另一个活塞杆通过第三传动绳拉动第二运输装置进行升降。Preferably, at least two transport devices include a first transport device and a second transport device, wherein one piston rod pulls the first transport device for lifting by a second transmission rope, and the other piston rod pulls the second transport device through a third transmission rope. Lifting.
优选的,驱动组件包括至少两个驱动结构,且至少两个驱动结构与至少两个运输装置一一对应地设置,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,至少一个驱动结构通过第二传动绳拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,至少一个驱动结构通过第三传动绳拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降。Preferably, the driving assembly includes at least two driving structures, and the at least two driving structures are arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the at least two transportation devices. When the driving assembly is in the first working state, the at least one driving structure is pulled by the second transmission rope At least one transportation device performs lifting; when the driving assembly is in the second working state, the at least one driving structure pulls the at least one transportation device through the third transmission rope for lifting.
优选的,至少两个运输装置包括第一运输装置和第二运输装置,且第一运输装置和第二运输装置的升降方向相互平行。Preferably, the at least two transportation devices include a first transportation device and a second transportation device, and the lifting directions of the first transportation device and the second transportation device are parallel to each other.
优选的,第一传动绳包括多个第一子传动绳,各第一子传动绳的两端分别与至少一部分第一运输装置和至少一部分第二运输装置连接,且各第一子传动绳绕设在至少一个滑轮上。Preferably, the first driving rope includes a plurality of first sub-driving ropes, two ends of each first sub-driving rope are respectively connected to at least a part of the first transporting device and at least a part of the second transporting device, and each first sub-driving rope is wound around Set on at least one pulley.
优选的,至少两个驱动结构包括第一驱动结构和第二驱动结构,第一驱动结构通过第二传动绳与第一运输装置连接,第二驱动结构通过第三传动绳与第二运输装置连接,当第一驱动结构拉动第一运输装置下降时,第二运输装置在第一传动绳的拉动下上升。Preferably, at least two driving structures include a first driving structure and a second driving structure. The first driving structure is connected to the first transportation device through a second transmission rope, and the second driving structure is connected to the second transportation device through a third transmission rope. When the first driving structure pulls the first transport device down, the second transport device rises under the pull of the first transmission rope.
优选的,至少两个驱动结构为液压缸。Preferably, at least two driving structures are hydraulic cylinders.
优选的,第二传动绳和/或第三传动绳的两端分别与驱动结构和至少两个运输装置的下表面连接。Preferably, both ends of the second transmission rope and / or the third transmission rope are respectively connected to the lower surfaces of the driving structure and the at least two transportation devices.
优选的,驱动组件还包括:安装支架,与支架焊剂或铆接或通过紧固件连接,通过安装支架将驱动结构与支架连接。Preferably, the driving assembly further includes: a mounting bracket, which is connected with the bracket by soldering or riveting or by a fastener, and the driving structure is connected with the bracket by the mounting bracket.
优选的,驱动组件还包括:滑轮安装架,设置在安装支架上,至少一部分滑轮安装在滑轮安装架上且能够随着驱动结构运动,第二传动绳和/或第三传动绳绕设在该部分滑轮上。Preferably, the driving assembly further includes: a pulley mounting bracket, which is arranged on the mounting bracket, at least a part of the pulley is mounted on the pulley mounting bracket and can move with the driving structure, and the second transmission rope and / or the third transmission rope are wound around the Partial pulley.
优选的,支架包括:多个连接管,多个连接管焊接或铆接或紧固连接,以形成支架。Preferably, the bracket includes a plurality of connecting pipes, and the plurality of connecting pipes are welded or riveted or fastened to form a bracket.
优选的,运输机构还包括:控制系统,控制系统用于控制驱动结构的运动方式,使得驱动结构能够处于第一工作状态和/或第二工作状态,以实现运输装置的升降运动。Preferably, the transportation mechanism further includes a control system for controlling a movement mode of the driving structure, so that the driving structure can be in a first working state and / or a second working state, so as to realize the lifting movement of the transportation device.
根据本发明的另一方面,提供了一种运输方式,采用上述的运输机构,运输方式包括:步骤S1:位于地面上的行人及非机动车辆进入至少一个运输装置内,位于隧道或天桥上的行人及非机动车辆进入至少一个运输装置内;步骤S2:驱动组件驱动载有地面上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置进行上升或下降,与则载有地面上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置连接的载有隧道或天桥上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置在运输机构的第一传动绳的带动下进行上升或下降,以将地面上的行人及非机动车辆运输至隧道或天桥上。According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a transportation mode adopting the above-mentioned transportation mechanism. The transportation mode includes: Step S1: Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles located on the ground enter at least one transportation device, and located on a tunnel or an overpass. Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles enter at least one transportation device; step S2: the drive assembly drives the transportation device carrying pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground to rise or lower, and transports pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles that are on the ground The transport device connected to the device carrying pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the tunnel or overpass is raised or lowered by the first driving rope of the transport mechanism to transport pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground to the tunnel or overpass. .
优选的,在步骤S2中,运输机构的控制系统能够对驱动组件的驱动结构的工作状态进行控制,当运输装置运动到地面或隧道地面或天桥上时,控制系统控制驱动结构停止运行,以使运输装置不再运动。Preferably, in step S2, the control system of the transportation mechanism can control the working state of the driving structure of the driving component. When the transportation device moves to the ground or the tunnel ground or the overpass, the control system controls the driving structure to stop running so that The transport device is no longer moving.
应用本发明的技术方案,交叉路口设的一组道路的上行道路包括第一左转上行车道、第二左转上行车道及直行上行车道。这样,左转上行车辆依次通过第一左转上行车道及第二左转上行车道后行驶至与道路顺时针方向的相邻道路上,直行车辆通过直行上行车道行驶至对面的道路上,则直行上行车道与第一左转上行车道的路线没有交叉,可以同时通行,进而缩短了左转上行车辆的等待时间,避免左转上行车道发生拥堵而影响平面交通系统的通行效率,进而解决了现有技术中交叉路口的左转车道堵车较为严重,影响交通系统通行效率的问题。Applying the technical solution of the present invention, the ascending roads of a group of roads at the intersection include a first left-turning up lane, a second left-turning up lane, and a straight up lane. In this way, a left-turning upward vehicle passes the first left-turning upward lane and a second left-turning upward lane in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road. A straight-forward vehicle travels on the opposite road through the straight upward lane, and then goes straight. There is no intersection between the up lane and the first left-turn up lane, and they can pass at the same time, which shortens the waiting time for left-turn up lanes, avoids congestion on the left-turn up lane, and affects the efficiency of the plane transportation system, thereby solving the existing In the technology, the left-turn lane at the intersection is more serious, which affects the efficiency of the traffic system.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第一实施例);FIG. 1 is a road plan view of a traffic system of the present invention (first embodiment);
图2为本发明交通系统(第一实施例)的交叉路口行驶路线图;FIG. 2 is a driving route map of an intersection at a traffic system (first embodiment) of the present invention; FIG.
图3为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第二实施例);FIG. 3 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (second embodiment);
图4为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第三实施例);FIG. 4 is a road plan view of a transportation system of the present invention (third embodiment);
图5为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第四实施例);5 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system of the present invention (fourth embodiment);
图6为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第五实施例);6 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system according to the present invention (fifth embodiment);
图7为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第六实施例);7 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system according to the present invention (sixth embodiment);
图8为本发明交通系统(第六实施例)的调头行驶路线图;FIG. 8 is a U-turn driving route map of the transportation system (sixth embodiment) of the present invention; FIG.
图9为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第七实施例);9 is a plan view of a road surface of a transportation system of the present invention (seventh embodiment);
图10为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第八实施例);FIG. 10 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
图11为本发明交通系统的(第八实施例)非机动车行驶路线图;11 is a (eighth embodiment) non-motor vehicle driving route map of the transportation system of the present invention;
图12为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第八实施例);FIG. 12 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
图13为本发明交通系统的路面规划图(第八实施例);FIG. 13 is a road plan view of the transportation system of the present invention (eighth embodiment);
图14示出了根据本发明的交通系统的安全阻拦机构的实施例的立体结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic perspective structural view of an embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism of a traffic system according to the present invention; FIG.
图15示出了图14中的安全阻拦机构的侧视图;Figure 15 shows a side view of the safety blocking mechanism of Figure 14;
图16示出了图15中的安全阻拦机构的A-A向剖视图;FIG. 16 shows an A-A cross-sectional view of the safety blocking mechanism in FIG. 15;
图17示出了图14中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的翻转结构的立体结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic perspective view of the flip structure of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system in FIG. 14; FIG.
图18示出了图14中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置的局部立体结构示意图;FIG. 18 shows a partial three-dimensional structure diagram of the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 14; FIG.
图19示出了图18中的离合结构的主动件和从动件啮合后的主视图;19 shows a front view of the clutch member in FIG. 18 after the driving member and the driven member are engaged;
图20示出了图14中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置的侧视图;20 illustrates a side view of the blocking device of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system of FIG. 14;
图21示出了图20中的阻拦装置处于阻拦位置时的B-B向剖视图;21 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line B-B when the blocking device in FIG. 20 is in a blocking position;
图22示出了图20中的阻拦装置处于通行位置时的B-B向剖视图;22 illustrates a cross-sectional view taken along the line B-B when the blocking device in FIG. 20 is in a passing position;
图23示出了图14中的显示装置的立体结构示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional structure of the display device in FIG. 14; FIG.
图24示出了根据本发明的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的实施例二的立体结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic perspective view of a second embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention; FIG.
图25示出了图18中的驱动组件的立体结构示意图;FIG. 25 is a schematic perspective structural diagram of the driving assembly in FIG. 18; FIG.
图26示出了图23中的驱动组件的主视图;FIG. 26 shows a front view of the driving assembly in FIG. 23;
图27示出了根据本发明的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的实施例三的允许通行状态意图;FIG. 27 shows an intention of a traffic permission state of a third embodiment of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention; FIG.
图28示出了根据本发明的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的实施例三的禁止通行状态意图;FIG. 28 shows an inadmissible state intention of Embodiment 3 of a safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system according to the present invention; FIG.
图29示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的翻转结构的立体结构示意图;FIG. 29 is a schematic perspective view of the flip structure of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
图30示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构无外罩的侧视图;FIG. 30 shows a side view of the safety blocking mechanism for the traffic system of FIG. 27 without a cover; FIG.
图31示出了图29中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的A-A向剖视图;31 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A-A of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 29;
图32示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的局部侧视图;FIG. 32 shows a partial side view of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
图33示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的局部立体结构示意图;FIG. 33 is a schematic partial three-dimensional structure diagram of the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
图34示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的电磁铁与衔铁吸合的示意图;FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of the electromagnet and armature attracting for the safety blocking mechanism of the traffic system in FIG. 27; FIG.
图35示出了图27中的用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构的电磁铁与衔铁共同运动至运动导轨顶部的示意图。FIG. 35 shows a schematic diagram of the electromagnet and the armature of the safety blocking mechanism for the transportation system in FIG. 27 moving together to the top of the moving guide rail.
图36示出了根据本发明的交通系统的实施例十二的立体结构示意图;FIG. 36 is a schematic three-dimensional structure diagram of Embodiment 12 of a transportation system according to the present invention; FIG.
图37示出了根据本发明的交通系统的实施例十二的另一种立体结构示意图;37 is a schematic diagram showing another three-dimensional structure of Embodiment 12 of a transportation system according to the present invention;
图38示出了根据本发明的立体交通系统的运输机构的立体结构图;38 shows a perspective structural view of a transport mechanism of a three-dimensional transportation system according to the present invention;
图39示出了图36中的运输机构的主视图;FIG. 39 shows a front view of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36; FIG.
图40示出了图36中的运输机构的侧视图;Figure 40 shows a side view of the transport mechanism of Figure 36;
图41示出了图36中的运输机构的另一角度的侧视图;41 illustrates another angled side view of the transport mechanism of FIG. 36;
图42示出了图36中的运输机构的仰视图;42 shows a bottom view of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36;
图43示出了图36中的运输机构的A处放大示意图;FIG. 43 shows an enlarged schematic view of A of the transport mechanism in FIG. 36; FIG.
[根据细则91更正 03.07.2019] 
图44示出了根据本发明一实施例的红绿灯控制,其中粗线条表示为绿灯,细线条表示为红灯;
[Corrected under Rule 91.03.07.2019]
FIG. 44 illustrates traffic light control according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which thick lines are represented as green lights and thin lines are represented as red lights;
[根据细则91更正 03.07.2019] 
图45示出了根据本发明一实施例的红绿灯控制,其中粗线条表示为绿灯,细线条表示为红灯;
[Corrected under Rule 91.03.07.2019]
FIG. 45 shows a traffic light control according to an embodiment of the present invention, in which thick lines are represented as green lights and thin lines are represented as red lights;
[根据细则91更正 03.07.2019] 
图46示出了本发明实施例中的交通系统包括的信号灯控制系统及其控制的信号灯组。
[Corrected under Rule 91.03.07.2019]
FIG. 46 shows a signal light control system and a signal light group controlled by the signal light system included in the traffic system in the embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。下面将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments can be combined with each other. The present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings and embodiments.
需要指出的是,除非另有指明,本申请使用的所有技术和科学术语具有与本申请所属技术领域的普通技术人员通常理解的相同含义。It should be noted that, unless otherwise specified, all technical and scientific terms used in this application have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the technical field to which this application belongs.
在本发明中,在未作相反说明的情况下,使用的方位词如“上、下”通常是针对附图所示的方向而言的,或者是针对竖直、垂直或重力方向上而言的;同样地,为便于理解和描述,“左、右”通常是针对附图所示的左、右;“内、外”是指相对于各部件本身的轮廓的内、外,但上述方位词并不用于限制本发明。In the present invention, the orientation words such as "up and down" are usually used for the directions shown in the drawings, or for vertical, vertical, or gravity directions, unless otherwise stated. Similarly, for the convenience of understanding and description, "left and right" usually refers to the left and right shown in the drawings; "inside and outside" refer to the inside and outside relative to the outline of each component itself, but the above orientation Words are not used to limit the invention.
为了解决现有技术中交叉路口的左转车道堵车较为严重,影响交通系统通行效率的问题,本申请提供了一种交通系统及具有其的城市交通系统。In order to solve the problem of serious traffic jams at left-turn lanes at intersections in the prior art and affecting the traffic efficiency of the traffic system, the present application provides a traffic system and an urban traffic system having the same.
实施例一Example one
如图1和2所示,交通系统包括四条相互交叉的道路,在道路交叉处通过设置停止线将道路交叉处分为一个交叉路口10和四条交叉路口外道路,交叉路口外道路用分道线至少分为直行上行车道和直行下行车道,其中,停止线设置在上行车道与交叉路口相连处,下行车道与交叉路口相连处不设停止线。在交叉路口10的上方设置有交通信号灯。在距离直行上行车道的停止线预设距离处的交叉路口外道路上设有调整区20,将直行上行车道相邻的交叉路口外道路的 最外侧至少一条车道设为左转上行车道312,在调整区20内设有左转导引线,在调整区20处设有第一左转交通信号灯711。As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the transportation system includes four roads that cross each other. At the intersection of the roads, the road intersection is divided into an intersection 10 and four roads outside the road by setting a stop line. It is divided into a straight up lane and a straight down lane. Among them, the stop line is set at the junction of the up lane and the intersection, and there is no stop line at the junction of the down lane and the intersection. A traffic signal light is provided above the intersection 10. An adjustment zone 20 is provided on the road outside the intersection at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight up lane, and at least one lane on the outermost side of the road outside the intersection next to the straight up lane is set to the left turn up lane 312. A left-turn guide line is provided in the adjustment area 20, and a first left-turn traffic signal 711 is provided at the adjustment area 20.
如图1和2所示,在交叉路口10上方的交通信号灯包括第二左转信号的712和第二直行信号灯722。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the traffic signal light above the intersection 10 includes a second left turn signal 712 and a second straight signal light 722.
如图1和2所示,调整区20将上行车道分成调整区前段和调整区后段,将调整区后段的最内侧至少一条这道设为第一左转上行车道311,所述的左转上行车道312为第二左转上行车道,所述的左转导引线起于第一左转上行车道311的出口止于第二左转上行车道312,在调整区20的上方上行车道一侧设有第一直行信号灯421,设于交叉路口10上方的直行信号灯为第二直行信号灯422,在调整区20的上方下行车道一侧设有下行直行信号灯423。As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the adjustment zone 20 divides the up lane into the front of the adjustment zone and the back of the adjustment zone. At least one of the innermost lanes in the rear of the adjustment zone is designated as the first left-turn up lane 311. Turn up lane 312 is the second left turn up lane. The left turn guide line starts from the exit of the first left turn up lane 311 and ends at the second left turn up lane 312. The up lane is above the adjustment area 20. A first straight signal light 421 is provided on the side, a straight signal light provided above the intersection 10 is a second straight signal light 422, and a downward straight signal light 423 is provided on the side of the downward lane above the adjustment area 20.
在本实施例中,左转上行车辆依次通过第一左转上行车道311、调整区20及第二左转上行车道312后行驶至与道路顺时针方向的相邻道路上,在交叉路口10处左转车辆和直行车辆可同时放行,互不干扰。In this embodiment, the left-turning up vehicle passes the first left-turning up lane 311, the adjustment area 20, and the second left-turning up lane 312 in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road at the intersection 10 Left-turn vehicles and straight vehicles can be released at the same time without interference.
如图1和2所示,将上行车道的调整区后段的外侧至少一条车道设为右转车道35。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, at least one lane on the outside of the rear section of the adjustment zone of the up lane is set as a right-turn lane 35.
可选地,右转车道35也可设为右转直行共用车道。Alternatively, the right-turning lane 35 may also be set as a right-turning straight shared lane.
如图1和2所示,交通系统还包括非机动车道50,在交叉路口10设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道51。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50, and an auxiliary lane 51 is provided at the intersection 10 to connect the up and down non-motorized lanes.
如图1和图2所示,各组道路还包括隔离带60。其中,隔离带60设置在上行车道32与直行下行车道33之间,用于隔离道路的上行车辆和下行车辆。As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, each group of roads further includes a separation belt 60. Among them, a separation belt 60 is provided between the up lane 32 and the straight down lane 33 to isolate up and down vehicles on the road.
在本实施例中,交叉路口10和车辆调整区20内均设置有交通信号灯,其中,在交叉路口10设置有第二直行信号灯722和第二左转信号灯712,第二直行信号灯722用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道322的车辆的行驶状态,第二左转信号灯712用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道322的车辆的行驶状态。在调整区20设置有第一直行信号灯721、第一左转信号灯711和第三直行信号灯723,第一直行信号灯721用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道311的车辆的行驶状态,第一左转信号灯711用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道311的车辆的行驶状态,第三直行信号灯723用于指示行驶于第一直行下行车道331的车辆的行驶状态。In this embodiment, a traffic light is provided in both the intersection 10 and the vehicle adjustment area 20. Among them, a second straight signal 722 and a second left turn signal 712 are provided at the intersection 10, and the second straight signal 722 is used to indicate The driving state of the vehicle traveling in the second straight up lane 322, and the second left turn signal lamp 712 is used to indicate the driving state of the vehicle traveling in the second straight up lane 322. The adjustment area 20 is provided with a first straight signal light 721, a first left turn signal light 711, and a third straight signal light 723. The first straight signal light 721 is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left turn up lane 311. The first left-turn signal lamp 711 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first left-turn lane 311, and the third straight-way signal lamp 723 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first straight-down lane 331.
如图44所示,粗线条表示为绿灯,细线条表示为红灯,黄灯在本图中未表示,黄灯可增加在绿灯结束与红灯开启之间,在本实施例中,第二直行信号灯722比第一直行信号灯721滞后第一预设时间t1开启绿灯指示,第二直行信号灯722比第一直行信号灯721滞后第二预设时间t2开启红灯指示。这样,上述 时间设置能够使直行车辆在调整区20与交叉路口10之间的道路上进行提速,可以使直行车辆以一个平稳较快的速度通过交叉路口10,进而提升交通系统的流畅性及安全性。As shown in FIG. 44, thick lines are indicated by green lights, and thin lines are indicated by red lights. The yellow light is not shown in this figure. The yellow light can be added between the end of the green light and the red light on. In this embodiment, the second straight line The signal light 722 lags behind the first straight signal 721 by a first preset time t1 to turn on the green light instruction, and the second straight signal 722 is behind the first straight signal 721 by a second preset time t2 to turn on the red light instruction. In this way, the above-mentioned time setting can make a straight vehicle speed up on the road between the adjustment area 20 and the intersection 10, so that the straight vehicle can pass the intersection 10 at a smooth and fast speed, thereby improving the smoothness and safety of the traffic system. Sex.
可选地,第一预设时间t1为5~30s。Optionally, the first preset time t1 is 5-30 seconds.
可选地,第二预设时间t2为5~30s。Optionally, the second preset time t2 is 5-30 seconds.
如图45所示,粗线条表示为绿灯,细线条表示为红灯,黄灯在本图中未表示,黄灯可增加在绿灯结束与红灯开启之间,在本实施例中,第二左转信号灯712比第一左转信号灯711滞后第三预设时间t3开启绿灯指示,第二直行信号灯712比第一左转信号灯711滞后第四预设时间t4开启红灯指示。这样,上述时间设置能够使左转车辆在调整区20与交叉路口10之间的道路上进行提速,可以使左转车辆以一个平稳较快的速度通过交叉路口10,进而提升交通系统的流畅性及安全性。As shown in FIG. 45, thick lines are shown as green lights, and thin lines are shown as red lights. The yellow lights are not shown in this figure. The yellow lights can be added between the end of the green light and the red light on. In this embodiment, the second left The turn signal light 712 lags behind the first left turn signal light 711 by a third preset time t3 to turn on the green light instruction, and the second straight signal light 712 lags behind the first left turn signal light 711 by a fourth preset time t4 and turns on the red light instruction. In this way, the above-mentioned time setting can make left-turning vehicles speed up on the road between the adjustment zone 20 and the intersection 10, so that left-turning vehicles can pass the intersection 10 at a smooth and fast speed, thereby improving the smoothness of the traffic system. And security.
可选地,第三预设时间t3为5~30s。Optionally, the third preset time t3 is 5-30 seconds.
可选地,第四预设时间t4为5~30s。Optionally, the fourth preset time t4 is 5-30 seconds.
如图44和45所示,粗线条表示为绿灯,细线条表示为红灯,黄灯在本图中未表示,黄灯可增加在绿灯结束与红灯开启之间,在本实施例中,第一左转信号灯711和第三直行信号灯723所指示的车辆行驶的路线存在交叉,因此,第一左转信号灯711和第三直行信号灯723指示的通行信号应完全相反,即当第一左转信号灯711显示红灯时,第三直行信号灯723显示绿灯,第一左转信号灯711显示绿灯时,第三直行信号灯723显示红灯。As shown in Figures 44 and 45, thick lines are indicated by green lights, and thin lines are indicated by red lights. The yellow lights are not shown in this figure. The yellow lights can be added between the end of the green light and the red light on. In this embodiment, the first A left turn signal 711 and a third straight signal 723 are crossing the route of the vehicle. Therefore, the traffic signals indicated by the first left turn signal 711 and the third straight signal 723 should be completely opposite, that is, when the first left turn signal When 711 displays a red light, the third straight signal 723 displays a green light, and when the first left turn signal 711 displays a green light, the third straight signal 723 displays a red light.
在本实施例中,交通系统的运作方式如下:In this embodiment, the operation mode of the transportation system is as follows:
左转车辆通过交叉路口10的行驶步骤:Turn left to drive through intersection 10:
a.车辆从第一左转上行车道311行驶至调整区20前。a. The vehicle turns from the first left to the lane 311 and drives in front of the adjustment area 20.
b.当调整区20的第一左转信号灯711为红灯时,左转车辆在调整区20前停车等待;当调整区20的第一左转信号灯711为绿灯时,左转车辆经过调整区20内的左转引导线,变道行驶入第二左转上行车道312。b. When the first left-turn signal light 711 in the adjustment area 20 is red, the left-turned vehicle stops and waits in front of the adjustment area 20; when the first left-turn signal light 711 in the adjustment area 20 is green, the left-turned vehicle passes through the adjustment area Take the left turn guide line within 20 and change lanes into the second left turn up lane 312.
c.车辆在第二左转上行车道312上行驶至交叉路口10前。c. The vehicle travels on the second left-turn lane 312 to the intersection 10.
d.当交叉路口10的第二左转信号灯712为红灯时,车辆在交叉路口10前的停止线停车等待;当交叉路口10的第二左转信号灯712为绿灯时,车辆在交叉路口10左转行驶。d. When the second left turn signal light 712 at the intersection 10 is red, the vehicle stops and waits at the stop line in front of the intersection 10; when the second left turn signal 712 at the intersection 10 is green, the vehicle is at the intersection 10 Turn left.
e.当调整区的第三直行信号灯723为红灯时,车辆在第一直行下行车道331前停车等待;当调整区的第三直行信号灯723为绿灯时,车辆通过调整区20后继续行驶。e. When the third straight signal 723 in the adjustment zone is red, the vehicle stops and waits before the first straight down lane 331; when the third straight signal 723 in the adjustment zone is green, the vehicle continues to drive after passing the adjustment zone 20 .
直行车辆通过交叉路口10的行驶步骤:Steps for a straight vehicle through intersection 10:
a.车辆从第一直行上行车道321至调整区20前。a. The vehicle goes from the first straight lane 321 to the front of the adjustment area 20.
b.当子调整区的第一直行信号灯721为红灯时,直行车辆在调整区20前停车等待;当调整区20的第一直行信号灯721为绿灯时,直行车辆直行通过调整区20向前行驶。b. When the first straight signal 721 in the sub-adjustment area is red, the straight vehicle stops and waits before the adjustment area 20; when the first straight signal 721 in the adjustment area 20 is green, the straight vehicle goes straight through the adjustment area 20 Drive forward.
c.调整区20的第一直行信号灯721与交叉路口10的第二直行信号灯722存在时间差,直行车辆按照子调整区的建议车速指示器上显示的建议车速行驶即可以在交叉路口10不必二次停车直接通过交叉路口10。c. There is a time difference between the first straight traffic light 721 in the adjustment area 20 and the second straight traffic light 722 in the intersection 10, and a straight vehicle can drive at the recommended speed indicated on the recommended speed indicator in the sub-adjustment area, so it can be used at the intersection 10 The next stop goes straight through the intersection 10.
d.交叉路口10的第二直行信号灯与调整区20的第三直行信号灯存在时间差,直行车辆在通过交叉路口10后不必在调整区20前再次停车。d. There is a time difference between the second straight signal light at the intersection 10 and the third straight signal light at the adjustment area 20. After passing through the intersection 10, a straight vehicle need not stop again in front of the adjustment area 20.
实施例二Example two
实施例二中的交通系统与实施例一的区别在于:在第二左转上行车道312外侧增加一条右转下行车道36。The difference between the traffic system in the second embodiment and the first embodiment is that a right-turning down lane 36 is added outside the second left-turning up lane 312.
如图3所示,:在本实施例中,在第二左转上行车道312外侧增加一条右转下行车道36。As shown in FIG. 3, in this embodiment, a right-turning down lane 36 is added outside the second left-turning up lane 312.
实施例三Example three
实施例二中的交通系统与实施例二的区别在于:第二左转上行车道312和第一左转上行车道311的数量为两条。The difference between the traffic system in the second embodiment and the second embodiment is that the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 and the first left-turn up lane 311 are two.
如图4所示,在本实施例中,第二左转上行车道312和第一左转上行车道311的数量为两条。As shown in FIG. 4, in this embodiment, the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 and the first left-turn up lane 311 are two.
实施例四Example 4
实施例四中的交通系统与实施例三的区别在于:在第二左转上行车道312的数量为两条,第一左转上行车道311的数量为一条且调整区20与交叉路口10之间的预设距离较短。The difference between the transportation system in the fourth embodiment and the third embodiment is that the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 is two, the number of the first left-turn up lane 311 is one and between the adjustment area 20 and the intersection 10 The preset distance is shorter.
如图5所示,在本实施例中,第二左转上行车道312的数量为两条,第一左转上行车道311的数量为一条且调整区20与交叉路口10之间的预设距离较短。As shown in FIG. 5, in this embodiment, the number of the second left-turn up lane 312 is two, the number of the first left-turn up lane 311 is one and the preset distance between the adjustment area 20 and the intersection 10 Shorter.
实施例五Example 5
实施例五中的交通系统与实施例一的区别在于:在上行非机动车道50的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构400。The difference between the transportation system in the fifth embodiment and the first embodiment is that a safety blocking mechanism 400 is provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorized lane 50.
如图6所示,交通系统还包括非机动车道50,在交叉路口10设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道51,在上行非机动车道50的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构400。As shown in FIG. 6, the traffic system also includes a non-motorized lane 50. At the intersection 10, an auxiliary lane 51 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane is provided, and safety is provided at the stop line of the upside non-motorized lane 50. Blocking mechanism 400.
实施例六Example Six
实施例六中的交通系统与实施例一的区别在于:将下行车道331最内侧的一条车道作为掉头车道38,在调整区20处设有掉头信号灯73。The difference between the traffic system in the sixth embodiment and the first embodiment is that the innermost lane of the down lane 331 is the U-turn lane 38, and a U-turn signal light 73 is provided at the adjustment area 20.
如图7和8所示,在本实施例中,将下行车道331最内侧的一条车道作为掉头车道38,并且在调整区20处设有掉头信号灯73,掉头信号灯73用于指示行驶于掉头车道38的车辆的行驶状态。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, in this embodiment, the innermost lane of the down lane 331 is used as the U-turn lane 38, and a U-turn signal light 73 is provided at the adjustment area 20. The U-turn signal light 73 is used to indicate driving in the U-turn lane. 38 vehicle driving conditions.
实施例七Example Seven
实施例七中的交通系统与实施例六的区别在于:在调整区20后方一定距离处增加一条掉头车道38和掉头信号灯73。The difference between the traffic system in the seventh embodiment and the sixth embodiment is that a U-turn lane 38 and a U-turn signal light 73 are added at a certain distance behind the adjustment area 20.
如图9所示,在本实施例中,在调整区20后方一定距离处增加了一条掉头车道38和一个掉头信号灯73。As shown in FIG. 9, in this embodiment, a U-turn lane 38 and a U-turn signal light 73 are added at a certain distance behind the adjustment area 20.
实施例八Example eight
实施例八中的交通系统与实施例一至四的区别在于:辅助车道的宽度较宽,并且辅助车51包括人行横道和非机动车集中通过道。The traffic system in the eighth embodiment is different from the first to fourth embodiments in that the width of the auxiliary lane is wide, and the auxiliary vehicle 51 includes a pedestrian crossing and a non-motorized vehicle concentrated passageway.
如图10至13所示,交通系统还包括非机动车道50,在交叉路口10设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道51,辅助车道51包括人行横道(人行横道线表示)和非机动车集中通过道(用人行横道线或非机动车图形表示),在上行非机动车道50的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构Ⅰ400,在辅助车道51的两端设有安全阻拦机构Ⅱ400,在非机动车道50的上行停止线处设有非 机动车第一信号灯761,在非机动车集中通过道上行停止线处设有非机动车第二信号灯762。As shown in FIGS. 10 to 13, the traffic system also includes a non-motorized lane 50. At the intersection 10, an auxiliary lane 51 is provided to connect the uphill non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane. The auxiliary lane 51 includes a pedestrian crossing (represented by a pedestrian crossing line) and Non-motorized vehicles pass through the road collectively (indicated by crosswalk lines or non-motorized vehicle graphics). Safety stop mechanisms I400 are provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorway 50, and safety stop mechanisms II400 are provided at both ends of the auxiliary lane 51. A non-motorized vehicle first signal light 761 is provided at the upward stop line of the non-motorized vehicle lane 50, and a non-motorized vehicle second signal light 762 is provided at the non-motorized vehicle concentrated passing road upward stop line.
如图46所示,在本实施例中,交通系统还包括信号灯控制系统,所述信号控制系统控制的信号灯组包括:As shown in FIG. 46, in this embodiment, the traffic system further includes a signal light control system, and the signal light group controlled by the signal control system includes:
第一左转信号灯711,设置在所述调整区20,用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道311的车辆的行驶状态;A first left-turn signal light 711, which is disposed in the adjustment area 20 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left-turn up lane 311;
第二左转信号灯712,设置在所述交叉路口10,用于指示行驶于第二左转上行车道312的车辆的行驶状态;A second left turn signal light 712, which is disposed at the intersection 10 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the second left turn up lane 312;
第一直行信号灯721,设置在所述调整区20,用于指示行驶于第一直行上行车道321的车辆的行驶状态;The first straight signal light 721 is disposed in the adjustment area 20 and is used to indicate the running state of the vehicle traveling on the first straight up lane 321;
第二直行信号灯722,设置在所述交叉路口10,用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道322的车辆的行驶状态;A second straight signal light 722, which is disposed at the intersection 10 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the second straight up lane 322;
第三直行信号灯723,设置在所述调整区20,用于指示行驶于第一直行下行车道331的车辆的行驶状态;A third straight-moving signal lamp 723, which is disposed in the adjustment area 20 and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling in the first straight-down lane 331;
调头信号灯74,用于指示行驶于掉头车道的车辆的行驶状态;The U-turn signal light 74 is used to indicate the driving state of a vehicle driving in a U-turn lane;
非机动车第一信号灯761,用于指示行驶于非机动车道50的非机动车辆的行驶状态;The first non-motor vehicle signal light 761 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle driving in the non-motor vehicle lane 50;
非机动车第二信号灯762,用于指示行驶于辅助通道51的非机动车辆的行驶状态。The second non-motor vehicle signal light 762 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle traveling on the auxiliary passage 51.
可选地,信号灯控制系统还可增加其他的信号灯,如指示行人通行的信号灯。Optionally, other signal lights may be added to the signal light control system, such as a signal light indicating pedestrian traffic.
在本实施例中,交叉路口10和调整区20内均设置有交通信号灯,其中,在交叉路口10设置有第二直行信号灯422和第二左转信号灯712,第二直行信号灯722用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道322的车辆的行驶状态,第二左转信号灯712用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道322的车辆的行驶状态。在调整区20设置有第一直行信号灯721、第一左转信号灯711和第三直行信号灯723,第一直行信号灯721用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道311的车辆的行驶状态,第一左转信号灯711用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道311的车辆的行驶状态,第三直行信号灯723用于指示行驶于第一直行下行车道331的车辆的行驶状态。In this embodiment, a traffic light is provided in both the intersection 10 and the adjustment area 20. Among them, a second straight signal 422 and a second left turn signal 712 are provided at the intersection 10, and the second straight signal 722 is used to indicate driving The second left turn signal lamp 712 is used to indicate the running state of the vehicle in the second straight up lane 322. The adjustment area 20 is provided with a first straight signal light 721, a first left turn signal light 711, and a third straight signal light 723. The first straight signal light 721 is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving on the first left turn up lane 311. The first left-turn signal lamp 711 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first left-turn lane 311, and the third straight-way signal lamp 723 is used to indicate the running state of a vehicle traveling in the first straight-down lane 331.
具体地,当第一直行信号灯721的红灯亮起时,第一直行上行车道321的车辆不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶通过调整区20。当第一左转信号灯711的红灯亮起时,第一左转上行车道311的车辆不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶通过调整区20。当第二直行信号灯722的红灯亮起时,第二直行上行车道322的 车辆不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶通过交叉口。当第二左转信号灯712的红灯亮起时,第二左转上行车道312的车辆不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶通过交叉口。当第三直行信号灯723的红灯亮起时,第一直行下行车道331的车辆不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶通过调整区20。Specifically, when the red light of the first straight traffic signal lamp 721 is lit, the vehicle on the first straight traffic lane 321 is not allowed to drive, and the green traffic light is allowed to pass through the adjustment area 20. When the red light of the first left-turn signal light 711 is on, the vehicle on the first left-turn lane 311 is not allowed to drive, and the green light may be driven to pass through the adjustment area 20. When the red light of the second straight traffic signal 722 is on, the vehicle on the second straight traffic lane 322 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is allowed to pass through the intersection. When the red light of the second left turn signal light 712 is on, the vehicle on the second left turn up lane 312 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is only allowed to pass through the intersection. When the red light of the third straight signal light 723 is on, the vehicle in the first straight down lane 331 is not allowed to drive, and the green light may be driven to pass through the adjustment area 20.
在本实施例中,非机动车道50上行方向停止线前方设置有非机动车第一信号灯761,非机动车第一信号灯761用于指示非机动车道50的非机动车辆的行驶状态。辅助通道52上行方向停止线前方设置有第二非机动车信号灯762,第二非机动车信号灯602用于指示辅助通道的非机动车辆的行驶状态。In this embodiment, a non-motor vehicle first signal light 761 is provided in front of the stop line in the upward direction of the non-motor vehicle lane 50, and the first non-motor vehicle first signal light 761 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle in the non-motor vehicle lane 50. A second non-motor vehicle signal light 762 is provided in front of the stop line in the upward direction of the auxiliary channel 52, and the second non-motor vehicle signal light 602 is used to indicate the running state of the non-motor vehicle in the auxiliary channel.
具体地,当非机动车第一信号灯761的红灯亮起时,非机动车道50的非机动车不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶。当非机动车第二信号灯762的红灯亮起时,辅助通道51的非机动车不可行驶,绿灯亮起时方可行驶。Specifically, when the red light of the first signal light 761 of the non-motor vehicle is on, the non-motor vehicle in the non-motor vehicle lane 50 is not allowed to drive, and the green light is only allowed to drive. When the red light of the second signal light 762 of the non-motor vehicle is on, the non-motor vehicle of the auxiliary passageway 51 is not allowed to drive, and the green light may be driven.
可选地,行人可以按照非机动车信号灯的指示行走,也可单独安装指示行人行走的信号灯。Optionally, a pedestrian may walk according to the instruction of a non-motor vehicle signal light, or a signal light indicating that the pedestrian is walking may be separately installed.
在本实施例中,安全阻拦机构400的具体结构如下:In this embodiment, the specific structure of the safety blocking mechanism 400 is as follows:
如图14至图16所示,安全阻拦机构包括显示装置410及保护装置420。其中,显示装置410具有第一显示状态和第二显示状态,当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,非机动车道39和辅助通道50处于通行状态;当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,非机动车道39和辅助通道50处于非通行状态。保护装置420具有通行位置及阻拦位置,当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,保护装置420处于通行位置;当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,至少一部分保护装置420相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,保护装置420处于阻拦位置,以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。As shown in FIGS. 14 to 16, the security blocking mechanism includes a display device 410 and a protection device 420. The display device 410 has a first display state and a second display state. When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the non-motor vehicle lane 39 and the auxiliary passage 50 are in a traffic state. When the display device 410 is in the second display state, The non-motorized lane 39 and the auxiliary passage 50 are in a non-traffic state. The protection device 420 has a passage position and a blocking position. When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the protection device 420 is in the passage position; when the display device 410 is in the second display state, at least a part of the protection device 420 is flipped relative to the ground. It is set at an angle with the ground, and the protection device 420 is in a blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motor vehicles from passing.
具体地,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,非机动车道39和辅助通道50处于非通行状态,则至少一部分保护装置420能够相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,以对行人及非机动车辆进行拦截。这样,上述设置一方面能够对行人及非机动车辆起到警示作用,提高行人及非机动车辆的安全意识,还能够对行人及非机动车辆进行拦截,避免行人及非机动车辆强制通行,防止发生交通事故。Specifically, when the display device 410 is in the second display state and the non-motor vehicle lane 39 and the auxiliary passage 50 are in a non-traffic state, at least a part of the protection device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles intercept. In this way, the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the one hand, improve the safety awareness of pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and also intercept pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing by force to prevent them from occurring. Traffic accident.
在本实施例中,显示装置410为两个,壳体421为两个,且两个显示装置410与两个壳体421对应设置,驱动组件422设置在一个壳体421内,翻转结构423的一端被驱动组件422驱动。In this embodiment, there are two display devices 410 and two housings 421, and two display devices 410 are disposed corresponding to the two housings 421, and the driving component 422 is disposed in one housing 421. One end is driven by the driving assembly 422.
需要说明的是,显示装置410的个数不限于此。可选地,显示装置410为一个、三个或多个。It should be noted that the number of the display devices 410 is not limited to this. Optionally, there are one, three or more display devices 410.
需要说明的是,驱动组件422的个数及设置位置不限于此。可选地,驱动组件422为两个,且两个驱动组件422分别驱动翻转结构423的两端,且两个驱动组件422的动作同步。It should be noted that the number and installation positions of the driving components 422 are not limited thereto. Optionally, there are two driving components 422, and the two driving components 422 respectively drive both ends of the flip structure 423, and the actions of the two driving components 422 are synchronized.
可选地,保护装置420包括壳体421、驱动组件422及至少一个翻转结构423。其中,壳体421设置在显示装置410的下方。驱动组件422设置在至少一个壳体421内。翻转结构423设置在至少两个壳体421之间,且能够相对于壳体421翻转,驱动组件422至少能够驱动翻转结构423的一端,以使翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转。如图4所示,保护装置420包括两个壳体421、一个翻转结构423及三个翻转结构423,且三个翻转结构423相互连接,以实现同步翻转。具体地,当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,翻转结构423位于地表以下,不会裸露在外,则不会对行人及非机动车辆的通行造成障碍;当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,三个翻转结构423在驱动组件422的驱动下相对于地面进行翻转并翻转至地表以上,在道路上形成障碍,避免行人及非机动车辆通行。上述结构的结构简单,容易实现、加工。Optionally, the protection device 420 includes a housing 421, a driving component 422, and at least one flip structure 423. The casing 421 is disposed below the display device 410. The driving assembly 422 is disposed in at least one case 421. The flip structure 423 is disposed between at least two shells 421 and can be flipped relative to the shell 421, and the driving component 422 can drive at least one end of the flip structure 423 to flip the flip structure 423 relative to the ground. As shown in FIG. 4, the protection device 420 includes two shells 421, a flip structure 423 and three flip structures 423, and the three flip structures 423 are connected to each other to realize synchronous flip. Specifically, when the display device 410 is in the first display state, the flip structure 423 is located below the ground surface and will not be exposed, which will not cause obstacles to the passage of pedestrians and non-motor vehicles; when the display device 410 is in the second display state The three overturning structures 423 are reversed relative to the ground and over the ground under the driving of the driving assembly 422, forming obstacles on the road to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing. The structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement and process.
需要说明的是,翻转结构423的个数不限于此,根据道路实际宽度设置即可。可选地,翻转结构423为两个、四个、五个或多个。It should be noted that the number of the inversion structures 423 is not limited to this, and may be set according to the actual width of the road. Optionally, there are two, four, five or more flip structures 423.
如图17所示,翻转结构423包括连接轴4231及翻转本体4232。其中,翻转本体4232包括顺次连接的第一板体4232a和第二板体4232b,连接轴4231设置在第一板体4232a远离第二板体4232b的一侧,且翻转本体4232绕连接轴4231翻转,第二板体4232b为弧形板。可选地,连接轴4231与第一板体4232a焊接或铆接或紧固连接,且连接轴4231能够带动翻转本体4232进行转动。As shown in FIG. 17, the flip structure 423 includes a connecting shaft 4231 and a flip body 4232. The flip body 4232 includes a first plate body 4232a and a second plate body 4232b which are sequentially connected. The connecting shaft 4231 is disposed on a side of the first plate body 4232a away from the second plate body 4232b, and the flip body 4232 surrounds the connecting shaft 4231. Turned over, the second plate body 4232b is an arc-shaped plate. Optionally, the connecting shaft 4231 is welded or riveted or fastened to the first plate body 4232a, and the connecting shaft 4231 can drive the turning body 4232 to rotate.
具体地,当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,第一板体4232a与地表平齐,第二板体4232b位于地表内。当保护装置420处于阻拦位置时,翻转结构423整体进行翻转且均翻转至地表以上,以使第一板体4232a朝向行人及非机动车辆,第二板体4232b朝向远离行人及非机动车辆的一侧。其中,第二板体4232b对第一板体4232a翻转后裸露的地面进行封堵,防止行人及非机动车辆意外掉入地表下,以提升交通系统的安全性。Specifically, when the display device 410 is in the first display state, the first plate body 4232a is flush with the ground surface, and the second plate body 4232b is located inside the ground surface. When the protective device 420 is in the blocking position, the overturning structure 423 is turned over as a whole and all overturned above the ground, so that the first plate 4232a faces toward pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and the second plate 4232b faces away from pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. side. Among them, the second plate body 4232b blocks the exposed ground after the first plate body 4232a is turned over to prevent pedestrians and non-motor vehicles from accidentally falling below the ground surface, thereby improving the safety of the transportation system.
需要说明的是,第二板体4232b的形状不限于此。可选地,第二板体4232b为平面板或波浪面板。It should be noted that the shape of the second plate body 4232b is not limited to this. Optionally, the second plate body 4232b is a flat plate or a wave panel.
可选地,第一板体4232a为平面板,翻转结构423包括多个加固件4233。其中,多个加固件4233设置在第一板体4232a和第二板体4232b形成的腔体中,且加固件4233与第一板体4232a和第二板体4232b均连接,多个加固件4233沿连接轴4231的延伸方向间隔设置。其中,多个加固件4233能够对第一板体 4232a和第二板体4232b的连接进行加固,提升翻转结构423的结构强度,延长保护装置420的使用寿命。Optionally, the first plate body 4232a is a flat plate, and the flip structure 423 includes a plurality of reinforcing members 4233. Among them, a plurality of reinforcing members 4233 are disposed in the cavity formed by the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, and the reinforcing member 4233 is connected to both the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, and a plurality of reinforcing members 4233 The connecting shafts 4231 are spaced apart from each other in the extending direction. Among them, a plurality of reinforcing members 4233 can strengthen the connection between the first plate body 4232a and the second plate body 4232b, improve the structural strength of the flip structure 423, and extend the service life of the protection device 420.
可选地,翻转结构423还包括至少一个显示屏4234。其中,至少一个显示屏4234设置在第一板体4232a上。如图4和图7所示,各翻转结构423均包括一个显示屏4234。当保护装置420处于阻拦位置时,显示屏4234能够显示安全出行等宣传标语,从而达到警示和阻拦行人及非机动车辆闯红灯的目的。Optionally, the flip structure 423 further includes at least one display screen 4234. Among them, at least one display screen 4234 is disposed on the first plate body 4232a. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 7, each of the flip structures 423 includes a display screen 4234. When the protection device 420 is in the blocking position, the display screen 4234 can display publicity slogans such as safe travel, thereby achieving the purpose of alerting and blocking pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from crossing the red light.
在本实施例中,翻转结构423还包括设置在第一板体4232a上的钢化玻璃,且钢化玻璃围绕显示屏4234设置,以对显示屏4234起到保护作用。In this embodiment, the flip structure 423 further includes tempered glass disposed on the first plate body 4232a, and the tempered glass is disposed around the display screen 4234 to protect the display screen 4234.
在本实施例中,翻转结构423还包括设置在连接轴4231上的弹簧4235,在翻转本体4232翻转过程中,弹簧4235能够对翻转本体4232的转动起到缓冲的作用,减小翻转本体4232在转动过程中产生的振动。In this embodiment, the turning structure 423 further includes a spring 4235 provided on the connecting shaft 4231. During the turning process of the turning body 4232, the spring 4235 can buffer the rotation of the turning body 4232 and reduce the turning body 4232's Vibration generated during rotation.
在本实施例中,翻转结构423为三个,且相邻的两个翻转结构423的连接轴4231之间焊接,且相邻的两个翻转结构423的翻转本体4232之间焊接。这样,上述加工方式较为简单,且使得相邻的两个翻转结构423的连接轴4231及相邻的两个翻转结构423的翻转本体4232之间的连接更加稳固,提升保护装置420的结构强度。In this embodiment, there are three flip structures 423, and the connecting shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are welded, and the flip bodies 4232 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 are welded. In this way, the above processing method is relatively simple, and the connection between the connecting shafts 4231 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 and the flip bodies 4232 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 is more stable, and the structural strength of the protection device 420 is improved.
需要说明的是,相邻的两个翻转结构423的连接轴4231的连接方式不限于此。可选地,相邻的两个翻转结构423的连接轴4231卡接或铆接或紧固连接。这样,上述连接方式使得相邻的两个翻转结构423的连接轴4231的安装或者拆卸更加容易,降低工作人员的劳动强度。It should be noted that the connection manner of the connection shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 is not limited to this. Optionally, the connecting shafts 4231 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are snap-fitted or riveted or fastened. In this way, the above connection manner makes it easier to install or disassemble the connecting shafts 4231 of the two adjacent flip structures 423 and reduces the labor intensity of the workers.
需要说明的是,相邻的两个翻转结构423的翻转本体4232的连接方式不限于此。可选地,相邻的两个翻转结构423的翻转本体4232卡接或铆接或紧固连接。这样,上述连接方式使得相邻的两个翻转结构423的翻转本体4232的安装或者拆卸更加容易,降低工作人员的劳动强度。It should be noted that the connection manner of the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423 is not limited to this. Optionally, the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423 are snapped or riveted or fastened. In this way, the above-mentioned connection method makes it easier to install or disassemble the flip bodies 4232 of two adjacent flip structures 423, and reduces the labor intensity of the workers.
如图18至图22所示,驱动组件422包括驱动结构4221、离合结构4222及电磁结构4223。其中,驱动结构4221能够驱动离合结构4222的主动件4222a转动。当电磁结构4223处于通电状态且显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223能够驱动离合结构4222的从动件4222b朝向主动件4222a运动,以使从动件4222b与主动件4222a能够同步转动,连接轴4231与从动件4222b连接且能够随着从动件4222b一起转动,以使保护装置420处于阻拦位置。这样,通过切换电磁结构4223的工作状态(通电或断电)实现离合结构4222的主动件4222a与从动件4222b的结合或分离,进而降低了安全阻拦机构的结构 复杂度,使得工作人员对保护装置420的操作更加容易简单,降低了工作人员的劳动强度。As shown in FIGS. 18 to 22, the driving component 422 includes a driving structure 4221, a clutch structure 4222, and an electromagnetic structure 4223. The driving structure 4221 can drive the active member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 to rotate. When the electromagnetic structure 4223 is in the energized state and the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 can drive the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 to move toward the active member 4222a, so that the follower 4222b and the active member 4222a can rotate synchronously. The connecting shaft 4231 is connected to the driven member 4222b and can be rotated together with the driven member 4222b, so that the protection device 420 is in a blocking position. In this way, by switching the working state (power on or power off) of the electromagnetic structure 4223, the combination or separation of the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 is achieved, thereby reducing the structural complexity of the safety blocking mechanism and enabling workers to protect The operation of the device 420 is easier and simpler, which reduces the labor intensity of the staff.
具体地,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223带电且驱动离合结构4222的从动件4222b朝向主动件4222a运动,实现主动件4222a和从动件4222b的结合,二者能够在驱动结构4221的带动下同步转动,则与从动件4222b连接的连接轴4231也随着主动件4222a同步转动,则翻转本体4232随着连接轴4231一起转动,以实现翻转,使得保护装置420处于阻拦位置,以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。Specifically, when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged and drives the driven member 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 toward the driving member 4222a, thereby achieving the combination of the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b. The driving structure 4221 rotates synchronously, and the connecting shaft 4231 connected to the driven member 4222b also rotates synchronously with the driving member 4222a. The flipping body 4232 rotates with the connecting shaft 4231 to realize the turning, so that the protective device 420 is in Blocking locations to avoid pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles.
可选地,驱动结构4221为电机。Optionally, the driving structure 4221 is a motor.
如图21和图22所示,驱动组件422还包括传动结构4224及连接件4225。其中,传动结构4224与驱动结构4221连接,且通过传动结构4224对主动件4222a进行驱动。连接件4225的第一端能够被电磁结构4223吸合,连接件4225的第二端与从动件4222b连接且能够带动从动件4222b移动,当电磁结构4223处于通电状态且显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223对连接件4225的第一端进行吸合,以使第一端通过第二端带动从动件4222b朝向主动件4222a运动,直至主动件4222a与从动件4222b能够同步运动。这样,电磁结构4223与从动件4222b之间通过连接件4225进行连接,电磁结构4223带动连接件4225运动即可实现从动件4222b朝向或者远离主动件4222a的运动,进而使得工作人员对保护装置420的操作更加容易简单,降低了工作人员的劳动强度。As shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the driving assembly 422 further includes a transmission structure 4224 and a connecting member 4225. Among them, the transmission structure 4224 is connected to the driving structure 4221, and the driving member 4222a is driven by the transmission structure 4224. The first end of the connecting member 4225 can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure 4223, and the second end of the connecting member 4225 is connected to the driven member 4222b and can drive the driven member 4222b to move. When the electromagnetic structure 4223 is in the power-on state and the display device 410 is in the first position, In the two display states, the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first end of the connecting member 4225, so that the first end drives the driven member 4222b toward the driving member 4222a through the second end until the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can Synchronized movement. In this way, the electromagnetic structure 4223 and the driven member 4222b are connected through the connecting member 4225. The electromagnetic structure 4223 drives the connecting member 4225 to move the driven member 4222b toward or away from the driving member 4222a, thereby enabling workers to protect the device. 420 operation is easier and simpler, reducing the labor intensity of the staff.
在本实施例中,电磁结构4223与主动件4222a及驱动结构4221位于壳体421内的同一侧。In this embodiment, the electromagnetic structure 4223 is located on the same side of the housing 421 as the active member 4222a and the driving structure 4221.
具体地,当电磁结构4223带电且显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223对连接件4225的第一端进行吸合,以使该端带动其第二端及从动件4222b朝向电磁结构4223(主动件4222a)所在的一侧运动,直至从动件4222b与主动件4222a结合,以实现翻转本体4232的翻转;当电磁结构4223断电时,电磁结构4223与连接件4225的第一端分离,从动件4222b和主动件4222a在自重的作用下分离,则翻转结构423在其自重的作用下反方向翻转,以使第一板体4232a和第二板体4232b均落入地表下,则行人及非机动车辆能够通行。Specifically, when the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged and the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first end of the connecting member 4225, so that the end drives its second end and the follower 4222b toward the electromagnetic The side where the structure 4223 (the driving member 4222a) is located is moved until the driven member 4222b is combined with the driving member 4222a to realize the turning of the flip body 4232. When the electromagnetic structure 4223 is powered off, the first of the electromagnetic structure 4223 and the connecting member 4225 End separation, the follower 4222b and the drive member 4222a are separated by their own weight, the flip structure 423 is reversed under its own weight so that the first plate 4232a and the second plate 4232b both fall below the ground surface , Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles can pass.
如图19所示,从动件4222b上具有限位凹部4222c,连接件4225的第二端伸入至限位凹部4222c内且与限位凹部4222c限位止挡。这样,上述设置能够防止从动件4222b与连接件4225发生相对运动,保证连接件4225能够带动从动件4222b运动,提升保护装置420的运行可靠性。As shown in FIG. 19, the follower 4222b has a limit recess 4222c, and the second end of the connecting member 4225 projects into the limit recess 4222c and limits the stop with the limit recess 4222c. In this way, the above arrangement can prevent the relative movement of the follower 4222b and the connecting member 4225, ensure that the connecting member 4225 can drive the follower 4222b to move, and improve the operation reliability of the protection device 420.
如图21和图22所示,传动结构4224包括传动带4224a及减速器4224b。其中,通过传动带4224a将驱动结构4221与减速器4224b连接,且减速器4224b的输出轴穿设在主动件4222a上。这样,通过减速器4224b对主动件4222a的转动进行减速,使得翻转结构423能够缓慢翻转,以使工作人员的对与翻转结构423的翻转角度的控制更加容易。As shown in FIGS. 21 and 22, the transmission structure 4224 includes a transmission belt 4224 a and a speed reducer 4224 b. The driving structure 4221 is connected to the reducer 4224b through a transmission belt 4224a, and the output shaft of the reducer 4224b is threaded on the driving member 4222a. In this way, the rotation of the driving member 4222a is reduced by the speed reducer 4224b, so that the turning structure 423 can be slowly turned, so that it is easier for a worker to control the turning angle with the turning structure 423.
需要说明的是,传动结构4224的结构不限于此。可选地,传动结构4224包括链条及减速器4224b。It should be noted that the structure of the transmission structure 4224 is not limited to this. Optionally, the transmission structure 4224 includes a chain and a reducer 4224b.
在本实施例中,安全阻拦机构还包括第一传感器及控制系统。其中,第一传感器设置在翻转结构423上,用于检测翻转结构423相对于地面的翻转角度。控制系统与电磁结构4223和驱动结构4221电连接,当翻转角度等于或大于预设角度值时,第一传感器向控制系统发送信号,控制系统断开驱动结构4221与电源的连接,主动件4222a停止转动。可选地,预设角度值小于60°。这样,上述设置使得工作人员对翻转结构423的翻转角度的控制更加精确、准确,提升安全阻拦机构的运行可靠性。In this embodiment, the safety blocking mechanism further includes a first sensor and a control system. The first sensor is disposed on the flip structure 423 and is configured to detect a flip angle of the flip structure 423 relative to the ground. The control system is electrically connected to the electromagnetic structure 4223 and the drive structure 4221. When the flip angle is equal to or greater than a preset angle value, the first sensor sends a signal to the control system, the control system disconnects the drive structure 4221 from the power source, and the active part 4222a stops. Turn. Optionally, the preset angle value is less than 60 °. In this way, the above-mentioned setting enables the staff to control the turning angle of the turning structure 423 more accurately and accurately, and improves the operational reliability of the safety blocking mechanism.
具体地,在翻转结构423翻转的过程中,第一传感器能够对翻转结构423的翻转角度进行监测,当翻转结构423的翻转角度等于或大于预设角度值时,第一传感器向控制系统发送信号,控制系统将驱动结构4221与电源的连接断开,则主动件4222a停止转动,以使翻转结构423保持在该翻转角度上。Specifically, during the flipping process of the flipping structure 423, the first sensor can monitor the flipping angle of the flipping structure 423. When the flipping angle of the flipping structure 423 is equal to or greater than a preset angle value, the first sensor sends a signal to the control system. When the control system disconnects the drive structure 4221 from the power source, the active member 4222a stops rotating to keep the flip structure 423 at the flip angle.
在本实施例中,安全阻拦机构还包括第二传感器。其中,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态且第二传感器检测到行人及非机动车辆通行时,控制系统断开电磁结构4223与电源的连接,从动件4222b与主动件4222a分离,翻转结构423在自重的作用下进行翻转且处于通行位置。这样,当有行人或非机动车辆闯红灯时,第二传感器检测到该行人或非机动车辆,则控制系统断开电磁结构4223与电源的连接,以使翻转结构423翻转至地表下,确保该行人或非机动车辆能够通行,以保障人身安全。In this embodiment, the safety blocking mechanism further includes a second sensor. Among them, when the display device 410 is in the second display state and the second sensor detects the passage of pedestrians and non-motor vehicles, the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 from the power supply, the follower 4222b is separated from the active member 4222a, and the flip structure 423 Under the action of self-weight, it is turned over and in the passing position. In this way, when a pedestrian or non-motor vehicle runs through the red light, the second sensor detects the pedestrian or non-motor vehicle, the control system disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 from the power source, so that the flip structure 423 flips below the ground surface, ensuring the pedestrian Or non-motorized vehicles can pass to protect personal safety.
在本实施例中,第二传感器设置在壳体421外。In this embodiment, the second sensor is disposed outside the casing 421.
如图23所示,显示装置410包括外罩411及交通灯组件412。其中,交通灯组件412设置在外罩411内,交通灯组件412包括至少一个红灯和至少一个绿灯,当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,绿灯运行;当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,红灯运行。其中,外罩411起到反射收敛灯光的作用。这样,红灯和绿灯能够对行人及非机动车辆起到警示及提示的作用,使得交通系统更加人性化。As shown in FIG. 23, the display device 410 includes a cover 411 and a traffic light assembly 412. The traffic light assembly 412 is disposed in the outer cover 411. The traffic light assembly 412 includes at least one red light and at least one green light. When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the green light is operated; when the display device 410 is in the second display state, , Red light running. The outer cover 411 plays a role of reflecting the convergent light. In this way, red and green lights can serve as warnings and reminders to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, making the transportation system more humane.
如图23所示,安全阻拦机构还包括播放器430。其中,播放器430设置在显示装置410上,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,播放器430播放语音以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。具体地,当交通系统处于非通行状态时,红灯亮,且播放器430播放相关语音信息,提醒行人及非机动车辆不可继续通行。As shown in FIG. 23, the security blocking mechanism further includes a player 430. The player 430 is disposed on the display device 410. When the display device 410 is in the second display state, the player 430 plays a voice to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing. Specifically, when the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, the red light is on, and the player 430 plays related voice information to remind pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles that traffic is not allowed to continue.
在本实施例中,播放器430为喇叭。In this embodiment, the player 430 is a speaker.
在本实施例中,交通灯组件412还包括至少一个黄灯。当黄灯亮起时,播放器430发出请慢行的语音提示。In this embodiment, the traffic light assembly 412 further includes at least one yellow light. When the yellow light is on, the player 430 issues a voice prompt to slow down.
在本实施例中,安全阻拦机构的工作原理如下:In this embodiment, the working principle of the safety blocking mechanism is as follows:
当显示装置410的红灯亮时,播放器430发出语音提示(如现在红灯,禁止通行)。控制系统控制驱动结构4221和电磁结构4223同时通电,驱动结构4221通过传动带4224a将动力传递至减速器4224b上。同时,电磁结构4223通过连接件4225推动离合结构4222的从动件4222b在直线轴承上滑动,使离合结构4222的从动件4222b和主动件4222a啮合。其中,直线轴承通过连接轴4231与减速器4224b进行轴向定位,则连接轴4231带动翻转本体4232相对于地面进行翻转,使得翻转结构423从地面升起。当翻转结构423转过指定角度时,第一传感器将信号反馈给控制系统,控制系统将驱动结构4221断电,电磁结构4223保持通电状态,从而使翻转结构423上升到指定高度并保持。同时,显示屏4234显示安全出行等宣传标语,从而达到警示和阻拦行人及非机动车辆闯红灯的目的;When the red light of the display device 410 is on, the player 430 issues a voice prompt (such as the current red light, prohibit traffic). The control system controls the driving structure 4221 and the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be energized at the same time, and the driving structure 4221 transmits power to the reducer 4224b through the transmission belt 4224a. At the same time, the electromagnetic structure 4223 pushes the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 on the linear bearing through the connecting member 4225, so that the follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 and the drive member 4222a mesh. Wherein, the linear bearing is axially positioned through the connecting shaft 4231 and the reducer 4224b, then the connecting shaft 4231 drives the turning body 4232 to be turned relative to the ground, so that the turning structure 423 is lifted from the ground. When the reversing structure 423 is rotated through a specified angle, the first sensor feeds back a signal to the control system, the control system de-energizes the driving structure 4221, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 remains energized, thereby raising the reversing structure 423 to a specified height and maintaining it. At the same time, the display screen 4234 displays publicity slogans such as safe travel, thereby achieving the purpose of alerting and blocking pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from crossing the red light;
当遇到行人及非机动车辆在红灯时强行通过时,第二传感器会向控制系统反馈信号,控制系统控制电磁结构4223断电,电磁结构4223与连接件4225的第一端分离,从动件4222b和主动件4222a在自重的作用下分离,则翻转结构423在其自重的作用下反方向翻转,以使第一板体4232a和第二板体4232b均落入地表下,既可以防止翻转结构423被破坏,也不会对闯红灯的行人及非机动车辆造成损害。由于此时仍是红灯,在行人及非机动车辆强行通过后控制系统控制驱动结构4221和电磁结构4223通电,翻转结构423转动上升到指定位置时停止;When pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles are forced to pass at the red light, the second sensor will feed back a signal to the control system. The control system controls the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be powered off. The electromagnetic structure 4223 is separated from the first end of the connector 4225 and driven. Piece 4222b and active piece 4222a are separated by their own weight, the flip structure 423 flips in the opposite direction under its own weight, so that the first plate 4232a and the second plate 4232b both fall below the ground surface, which can prevent the flip The structure 423 is damaged, and it will not cause damage to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles running through red lights. Because it is still a red light at this time, the control system controls the driving structure 4221 and the electromagnetic structure 4223 after the pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles are forced to pass, and the turning structure 423 stops when it rises to the specified position;
当显示装置410的绿灯亮时,控制系统控制电磁结构4223断电,翻转结构423的第一板体4232a恢复与地面平行的状态。When the green light of the display device 410 is on, the control system controls the electromagnetic structure 4223 to be powered off, and the first plate 4232a of the flip structure 423 is restored to a state parallel to the ground.
本申请还提供了一种用于交通系统的安全保护方法,采用上述的安全阻拦机构,安全保护方法包括:This application also provides a security protection method for a traffic system. The security blocking mechanism described above is adopted. The security protection method includes:
步骤S1:判断安全阻拦机构的显示装置410的显示状态;Step S1: determine the display state of the display device 410 of the safety blocking mechanism;
步骤S2:Step S2:
当显示装置410处于第一显示状态时,交通系统处于通行状态且安全阻拦机构的保护装置420处于通行位置;When the display device 410 is in the first display state, the traffic system is in a traffic state and the protection device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a traffic position;
当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,交通系统处于非通行状态,且安全阻拦机构的保护装置420处于阻拦位置,以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。When the display device 410 is in the second display state, the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, and the protection device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a blocking position to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
具体地,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,交通系统处于非通行状态,则至少一部分保护装置420能够相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,以对行人及非机动车辆进行拦截。这样,上述设置一方面能够对行人及非机动车辆起到警示作用,提高行人及非机动车辆的安全意识,还能够对行人及非机动车辆进行拦截,避免行人及非机动车辆强制通行,防止发生交通事故,进而解决了现有技术中交通系统中易发生行人及非机动车辆闯红灯交通事故的问题。Specifically, when the display device 410 is in the second display state and the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, at least a part of the protection device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to perform pedestrian and non-motorized vehicles. Intercept. In this way, the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the one hand, improve the safety awareness of pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles, and also intercept pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing by force to prevent them from occurring. The traffic accident further solves the problem that pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles cross the red light traffic accident in the traffic system in the prior art.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,保护装置420的翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转,以对行人及非机动车辆进行阻拦。这样,翻转结构423阻拦道路,以防止行人及非机动车辆通行,避免行人及非机动车辆闯红灯而引发交通事故。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the flip structure 423 of the protection device 420 is flipped relative to the ground to block pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. In this way, the overturning structure 423 blocks the road to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing, and avoids pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles running through red lights to cause traffic accidents.
在本实施例中,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,安全阻拦机构的电磁结构4223处于通电状态,且电磁结构4223吸合安全阻拦机构的连接件4225,以使连接件4225带动安全阻拦机构的离合结构4222的从动件4222b朝向离合结构4222的主动件4222a运动,直至主动件4222a与从动件4222b能够同步运动,安全阻拦机构的驱动结构4221驱动离合结构4222的主动件4222a转动,主动件4222a带动从动件4222b及翻转结构423进行翻转。In this embodiment, when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 of the safety blocking mechanism is in an energized state, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 engages the connecting member 4225 of the safety blocking mechanism, so that the connecting member 4225 drives the safety blocking. The follower 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 of the mechanism moves toward the drive member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 until the drive member 4222a and the follower 4222b can move synchronously. The drive structure 4221 of the safety blocking mechanism drives the drive member 4222a of the clutch structure 4222 to rotate. The driving member 4222a drives the driven member 4222b and the turning structure 423 to turn over.
在本实施例中,当安全阻拦机构的第一传感器检测到翻转结构423翻转至预设角度值时,安全阻拦机构的控制系统断开驱动结构4221与电源的连接,且电磁结构4223仍然处于通电状态。In this embodiment, when the first sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects that the flip structure 423 is flipped to a preset angle value, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the driving structure 4221 from the power source, and the electromagnetic structure 4223 is still powered on. status.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态且安全阻拦机构的第二传感器检测到行人及非机动车辆通行时,安全阻拦机构的控制系统断开电磁结构4223与电源的连接,从动件4222b与主动件4222a分离,翻转结构423在自重的作用下进行翻转且处于通行位置。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the display device 410 is in the second display state and the second sensor of the safety blocking mechanism detects the passage of pedestrians and non-motor vehicles, the control system of the safety blocking mechanism disconnects the electromagnetic structure 4223 and The power supply is connected, the follower 4222b is separated from the drive 4222a, and the flip structure 423 is flipped under its own weight and is in a passing position.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,安全阻拦机构的播放器430播放语音以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the player 430 of the security blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles from passing.
实施例九Example Nine
实施例九中的安全阻拦机构与实施例八的区别在于:驱动组件422的结构不同。The difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the ninth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that the structure of the driving assembly 422 is different.
如图24至图26所示,驱动组件422还包括过渡连接件4226。其中,过渡连接件4226与从动件4222b通过链条440连接,过渡连接件4226能够随着从动件4222b一起转动,过渡连接件4226与连接轴4231连接,以带动翻转本体4232相对于地面翻转。这样,当显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223带电且驱动离合结构4222的从动件4222b朝向主动件4222a运动,实现主动件4222a和从动件4222b的结合,二者能够在驱动结构4221的带动下同步转动,则与从动件4222b连接的过渡连接件4226也随着主动件4222a同步转动,过渡连接件4226带动连接轴4231一起转动,以实现翻转本体4232的翻转,使得保护装置420处于阻拦位置,以避免非机动车辆通行。As shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the driving assembly 422 further includes a transition connector 4226. Among them, the transition link 4226 and the follower 4222b are connected through a chain 440. The transition link 4226 can rotate together with the follower 4222b. The transition link 4226 is connected to the connection shaft 4231 to drive the flip body 4232 to flip relative to the ground. In this way, when the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged and drives the driven member 4222b of the clutch structure 4222 toward the driving member 4222a, so that the combination of the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can be driven. The structure 4221 is driven to rotate synchronously, and the transitional connection 4226 connected to the follower 4222b also rotates synchronously with the driving member 4222a. The transitional connection 4226 drives the connection shaft 4231 to rotate together to achieve the overturning of the flip body 4232, which protects the protection. The device 420 is in a blocking position to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles.
可选地,过渡连接件4226为扇形结构。Optionally, the transition connection 4226 is a sector structure.
如图24至图26所示,驱动组件422还包括传动结构4224及连接件4225。其中,传动结构4224与驱动结构4221连接,且通过传动结构4224对主动件4222a进行驱动。连接件4225包括第一部分和第二部分,第一部分能够被电磁结构4223吸合并朝向电磁结构4223运动,第二部分与从动件4222b连接且能够带动从动件4222b移动,第一部分和第二部分的接触面为斜面,当电磁结构4223处于通电状态且显示装置410处于第二显示状态时,电磁结构4223对连接件4225的第一部分进行吸合,以使第一部分带动第二部分及从动件4222b朝向主动件4222a运动,直至主动件4222a与从动件4222b能够同步运动。上述结构的结构简单,容易实现。As shown in FIGS. 24 to 26, the driving assembly 422 further includes a transmission structure 4224 and a connecting member 4225. Among them, the transmission structure 4224 is connected to the driving structure 4221, and the driving member 4222a is driven by the transmission structure 4224. The connector 4225 includes a first part and a second part. The first part can be attracted by the electromagnetic structure 4223 and can move toward the electromagnetic structure 4223. The second part is connected to the follower 4222b and can move the follower 4222b. The first and second parts The contact surface is inclined. When the electromagnetic structure 4223 is in the energized state and the display device 410 is in the second display state, the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first part of the connector 4225, so that the first part drives the second part and the follower. 4222b moves toward the driving member 4222a until the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b can move synchronously. The structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
具体地,当电磁结构4223带电时,电磁结构4223将连接件4225的第一部分吸合,以使第一部分朝向电磁结构4223运动,第一部分和第二部分之间通过斜面驱动,以使第二部分朝向电磁结构4223运动,由于第二部分只能够进行水平方向上的平移,则第二部分的总位移朝向主动件4222a运动,以实现主动件4222a与从动件4222b的啮合,则传动结构4224能够带动过渡连接件4226转动,过渡连接件4226通过连接轴4231带动翻转本体4232相对于地面翻转。Specifically, when the electromagnetic structure 4223 is charged, the electromagnetic structure 4223 attracts the first part of the connector 4225 to move the first part toward the electromagnetic structure 4223, and the first part and the second part are driven by an inclined plane to make the second part Moving toward the electromagnetic structure 4223, since the second part can only perform horizontal translation, the total displacement of the second part moves toward the driving member 4222a, so as to achieve the meshing between the driving member 4222a and the driven member 4222b, and the transmission structure 4224 can The transition connecting member 4226 is driven to rotate, and the transition connecting member 4226 drives the turning body 4232 to flip relative to the ground through the connecting shaft 4231.
实施例十Example 10
实施例十中的安全阻拦机构与实施例八的区别在于:安全阻拦装置400的传动结构不同。The difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the tenth embodiment and the eighth embodiment is that the transmission structure of the safety blocking device 400 is different.
如图27和图28所示,用于交通系统的安全阻拦机构包括阻拦装置420,阻拦装置420具有允许通行状态和禁止通行状态。当道路允许通行时,阻拦装置 420处于允许通行状态;当道路禁止通行时,则至少一部分阻拦装置420在动力装置450和传动系统480的牵引下,相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,阻拦装置420处于禁止通行状态,以避免非机动车辆通行。As shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the safety blocking mechanism for a traffic system includes a blocking device 420, and the blocking device 420 has a permitted state and a prohibited state. When the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 is in a permitted state; when the road is not allowed to pass, at least a part of the blocking device 420 is reversed relative to the ground under the traction of the power unit 450 and the transmission system 480, and at an angle with the ground It is provided that the blocking device 420 is in a prohibited state to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles.
在本实施例中,在阻拦装置420沿翻转轴心另一侧,安装有固定凸台500,当阻拦装置为平铺状态时,固定凸台500和阻拦装置420起到道路减速带的作用。固定凸台500的材料与现有道路减速带的材料相似,本实施例中的凸台使用的材料为橡胶,固定凸台500通过螺钉与地面固定。In this embodiment, a fixed boss 500 is installed on the other side of the blocking device 420 along the turning axis. When the blocking device is in a tiled state, the fixed boss 500 and the blocking device 420 function as a road speed reduction belt. The material of the fixing boss 500 is similar to that of the existing road speed reduction belt. The material used for the boss in this embodiment is rubber, and the fixing boss 500 is fixed to the ground by screws.
可选地,固定凸台500表面可以涂抹反光材料。Optionally, the surface of the fixing boss 500 may be coated with a reflective material.
应用本实施例的技术方案,当道路允许通行时,阻拦装置420和固定凸台500共同起到减速带的作用,可以使通过安全阻拦机构的非机动车减速慢行。Applying the technical solution of this embodiment, when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 and the fixed boss 500 together function as a speed reduction belt, and the non-motor vehicle passing the safety blocking mechanism can be slowed down.
当道路禁止通行时,则至少一部分阻拦装置420能够相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,以对非机动车辆进行拦截。这样,上述设置一方面能够对非机动车辆起到警示作用,提高非机动车辆的安全意识,还能够对非机动车辆进行拦截,阻拦非机动车辆通行,防止发生交通事故,进而解决了现有技术中交通系统中易发生非机动车辆闯红灯交通事故的问题。When the road is forbidden, at least a part of the blocking device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and set at an angle with the ground to intercept non-motor vehicles. In this way, the above-mentioned setting can serve as a warning to non-motor vehicles and improve the safety awareness of non-motor vehicles. It can also intercept non-motor vehicles, block the passage of non-motor vehicles, prevent traffic accidents, and solve the existing technology. The problem of non-motorized vehicles crossing the red light traffic accident is prone to occur in the Chinese transportation system.
具体地,当道路允许通行时,阻拦装置420成平铺状态并且与地面平行,平铺时阻拦装置420高出地面的距离为0至5厘米,靠近旋转轴的一端较高,远离旋转轴的一端较低,形成一个缓坡。固定凸台500与平铺状态的阻拦装置造型相似,固定凸台500高出地面的为0至5厘米,靠近旋转轴的一端较高,远离旋转轴的一端较低,形成一个缓坡;当道路禁止通行时,翻转结构423在动力装置450的驱动下相对于地面进行翻转并翻转至地表以上,在道路上形成障碍,避免非机动车辆通行。上述结构简单,容易实现、加工。Specifically, when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 is tiled and parallel to the ground. The blocking device 420 is above the ground at a distance of 0 to 5 cm when tiled, and the end near the rotation axis is higher and the end far from the rotation axis. Lower, forming a gentle slope. The fixed boss 500 is similar in shape to the blocking device in the tiled state. The fixed boss 500 is 0 to 5 cm above the ground, the end near the rotation axis is higher, and the end far from the rotation axis is lower, forming a gentle slope. When traffic is prohibited, the flip structure 423 is flipped relative to the ground and flipped above the ground under the drive of the power unit 450, forming an obstacle on the road to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing. The above structure is simple and easy to implement and process.
如图29所示,翻转结构423包括第一传动轴4711、连接配件4712、第二传动轴4713和翻转本体4232。第一传动轴4711设置在翻转结构最边缘的位置,第一传动轴4711与连接配件4712相连的一端开方孔,连接配件4712与第一传动轴4711连接的一端为方形,连接配件4712插入第一传动轴4711的方孔中,连接配件4712的另一端做成了如图所示的凹状,将第二传动轴4713夹在连接件凹槽中,第二传动轴4713为方轴。通过连接配件4713的连接,第二传动轴4713可以随着第一传动轴4711一起转动。可选地,连接配件4713的形状不限于此。As shown in FIG. 29, the flip structure 423 includes a first transmission shaft 4711, a connection fitting 4712, a second transmission shaft 4713, and a flip body 4232. The first transmission shaft 4711 is disposed at the outermost position of the flip structure. The end of the first transmission shaft 4711 connected to the connecting fitting 4712 has a square hole. The end of the connection fitting 4712 connected to the first transmission shaft 4711 is square. The connection fitting 4712 is inserted into the first In the square hole of a transmission shaft 4711, the other end of the connecting fitting 4712 is formed into a concave shape as shown in the figure, and the second transmission shaft 4713 is clamped in the groove of the connecting member, and the second transmission shaft 4713 is a square shaft. Through the connection of the connection accessory 4713, the second transmission shaft 4713 can rotate along with the first transmission shaft 4711. Alternatively, the shape of the connection fitting 4713 is not limited thereto.
本实施例中的翻转本体4232有多个,翻转本体4232与第二传动轴4713相连的一端做成与连接配件4712相似的凹状,凹槽卡在第二传动轴4713上并且 固定,第二传动轴4713可以带动翻转本体4232一起转动。可选地,翻转本体4232和第二传动轴4713可以通过螺钉紧固。There are multiple flip bodies 4232 in this embodiment. One end of the flip body 4232 connected to the second transmission shaft 4713 is made into a concave shape similar to the connecting fitting 4712. The groove is clamped on the second transmission shaft 4713 and fixed. The second transmission The shaft 4713 can drive the turning body 4232 to rotate together. Optionally, the flip body 4232 and the second transmission shaft 4713 may be fastened by screws.
具体地,当道路允许通行时,翻转本体4232与地表平行并且高于地表面。当道路禁止通行时,翻转结构423整体进行翻转,其中,第一传动轴4711和连接配件4712绕自身轴心进行旋转,高度不变;第二传动轴4713带动翻转本体4232绕地面旋转,对非机动车进行封堵,翻转本体4232面向非机动车的方向与地面成钝角。如有非机动车强行通过,翻转结构423可沿着翻转路径变为平铺状态,避免非机动车与翻转本体发生强烈碰撞,以提升交通系统的安全性。Specifically, when the road is allowed to pass, the flip body 4232 is parallel to the ground surface and higher than the ground surface. When the road is forbidden, the overturning structure 423 is turned over as a whole. Among them, the first transmission shaft 4711 and the connecting fitting 4712 rotate around their own axes without changing the height. The second transmission shaft 4713 drives the overturning body 4232 to rotate around the ground. The motor vehicle is blocked, and the direction of the flip body 4232 facing the non-motor vehicle makes an obtuse angle with the ground. If a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, the overturning structure 423 can be changed to a tiled state along the overturning path to avoid a strong collision between the non-motorized vehicle and the overturning body, so as to improve the safety of the transportation system.
可选地,本实施例中的翻转本体4232为橡胶制作而成,翻转本体4232的制作材料Optionally, the flip body 4232 in this embodiment is made of rubber, and the manufacturing material of the flip body 4232 is
也可以选择其他橡胶或塑料等柔性材料,放置剧烈撞击使非机动车和翻转本体被破坏。Other flexible materials, such as rubber or plastic, can also be selected, and severe impacts can cause non-motor vehicles and flip bodies to be damaged.
需要说明的是,连接配件4712与第一传动轴4711可以作为活动联接组装,也可以通过焊接固定连接,还可以作为一个整体加工,即在一根轴的末端加工出连接件所需要的形状。It should be noted that the connection accessory 4712 and the first transmission shaft 4711 can be assembled as a movable connection, or can be fixedly connected by welding, or can be processed as a whole, that is, the shape required for the connection is processed at the end of a shaft.
需要说明的是,第一连接轴与连接件之间的连接,连接件与第二连接轴之间的连接,第二连接轴与翻转本体之间的连接,上述连接方式均不限于此。It should be noted that the connection between the first connection shaft and the connection member, the connection between the connection member and the second connection shaft, and the connection between the second connection shaft and the flip body are not limited to this.
可选地,第二传动轴4713的长度可以根据实际道路非机动车道的宽度进行增大或减小,翻转本体4232的数量也可以根据第二传动轴4713的长度增多或减少。Optionally, the length of the second transmission shaft 4713 may be increased or decreased according to the width of the actual road non-motorized lane, and the number of the turning bodies 4232 may be increased or decreased according to the length of the second transmission shaft 4713.
可选地,翻转本体4232的宽度可以根据实际情况加长或减短,每块翻转本体4232都可以单独拆卸,如果其中某块被破坏时,可以单独拆装翻转本体4232,采用此种组合方式更方便快捷地拆装,降低工作人员的劳动强度。Optionally, the width of the flip body 4232 can be lengthened or shortened according to the actual situation, and each flip body 4232 can be disassembled separately. If one of the flip bodies 4232 is damaged, the flip body 4232 can be disassembled and installed separately. Easy and quick disassembly and assembly, reducing labor intensity of staff.
可选地,在翻转本体与地表接触的地方增加固定钢板,将固定钢板、翻转本体4232和第二传动轴4713连接在一起,可减少翻转本体与地面的摩擦,延长阻拦装置420的使用寿命。Optionally, adding a fixed steel plate where the flip body contacts the ground surface, and connecting the fixed steel plate, the flip body 4232, and the second transmission shaft 4713 together can reduce friction between the flip body and the ground, and extend the service life of the blocking device 420.
可选地,可以在翻转本体上增加显示屏幕和/或钢化玻璃,显示屏幕和/或钢化玻璃固定在翻转本体上,当阻拦装置420处于禁止通行状态时,显示屏幕能够显示安全出行等宣传标语,从而达到警示和阻拦非机动车辆闯红灯的目的。Optionally, a display screen and / or tempered glass may be added to the flip body, and the display screen and / or tempered glass are fixed on the flip body. When the blocking device 420 is in a prohibited state, the display screen can display promotional signs such as safe travel , So as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from crossing the red light.
如图30和31所示,在阻拦装置420的两端设置有两个支架460,本实施例的动力装置450,传动系统480中的第一传动组件481、第二传动组件484和电磁组件486均固定安装在支架460上,驱动组件488与阻拦装置420固定安装在一起。As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, two brackets 460 are provided at both ends of the blocking device 420. The power device 450 of this embodiment, the first transmission component 481, the second transmission component 484, and the electromagnetic component 486 in the transmission system 480. Both are fixedly mounted on the bracket 460, and the driving assembly 488 and the blocking device 420 are fixedly mounted together.
可选地,驱动组件488至少能够驱动阻拦装置420的一端,以使阻拦装置420相对于地面进行翻转。Optionally, the driving component 488 is capable of driving at least one end of the blocking device 420, so that the blocking device 420 is flipped relative to the ground.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的支架460由多条角钢焊接而成,其形状外观可以根据各个部件位置摆放的要求做出调整。It should be noted that the bracket 460 in this embodiment is welded from a plurality of angle steels, and its shape and appearance can be adjusted according to the requirements of the placement of various components.
在本实施例中,两个支架460外部分别罩着两个外罩411,在外罩411面对非机动车行驶方向的内壁上安装有显示装置410和播放装置430。In this embodiment, the two brackets 460 respectively cover two outer covers 411 on the outside, and a display device 410 and a playback device 430 are installed on the inner wall of the outer cover 411 facing the non-motor vehicle running direction.
如图31所示,在本实施例中,显示装置410为显示屏。其中,显示屏至少可以显示红色和绿色两种颜色,当道路允许通行时,绿灯运行;当道路禁止通行时,红灯运行。其中,外罩411也可以起到反射收敛灯光的作用。这样,红灯和绿灯能够对非机动车辆起到警示及提示的作用,使得交通系统更加人性化。As shown in FIG. 31, in this embodiment, the display device 410 is a display screen. Among them, the display screen can display at least two colors of red and green. When the road is allowed to pass, the green light runs; when the road is forbidden, the red light runs. The outer cover 411 can also play a role of reflecting and converging light. In this way, red and green lights can serve as warnings and reminders for non-motorized vehicles, making the transportation system more humane.
如图31所示,在本实施例中,播放装置430为喇叭。其中,当道路禁止通行时,播放装置430播放语音以避免非机动车辆通行。具体地,当交通系统处于非通行状态时,红灯亮,且播放装置430播放相关语音信息,提醒非机动车辆不可继续通行。As shown in FIG. 31, in this embodiment, the playback device 430 is a speaker. Among them, when the road is forbidden, the playback device 430 plays a voice to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles. Specifically, when the traffic system is in a non-traffic state, the red light is on, and the playback device 430 plays related voice information to remind non-motor vehicles not to continue traffic.
在本实施例中,显示装置410还包括至少一个黄灯。当黄灯亮起时,播放装置430发出请慢行的语音提示。In this embodiment, the display device 410 further includes at least one yellow light. When the yellow light is on, the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt to slow down.
如图32至35所示,动力装置可选择电动机451,本实施例中的电动机451可以进行两种方向的旋转,即可以根据控制系统的信号进行正转和反转,本实施例中正转为第一方向运动,反转为第二方向运动,在其他实施例中正转、反转的命名可以相同或相反。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the power unit can select a motor 451. The motor 451 in this embodiment can rotate in two directions, that is, it can perform forward rotation and reverse rotation according to the signal of the control system. In this embodiment, the forward rotation is The movement in the first direction is reversed to the movement in the second direction. In other embodiments, the names of forward rotation and reverse rotation may be the same or opposite.
如图32至35所示,传动系统480包括第一传动组件481,本实施例中的第一传动组件481选择为蜗轮蜗杆减速器,本实施例中的减速器4224b的输入轴与电动机451的输出轴分别安装有两个链轮,通过第一传动链条482相连接,电动机451的输出轴通过第一传动链条482带动减速器4224b的输入轴转动。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the transmission system 480 includes a first transmission component 481. The first transmission component 481 in this embodiment is selected as a worm gear reducer. The input shaft of the reducer 4224b in this embodiment and the motor 451 The output shaft is respectively equipped with two sprocket wheels, which are connected through a first transmission chain 482. The output shaft of the motor 451 drives the input shaft of the reducer 4224b to rotate through the first transmission chain 482.
需要说明的是,第一传动链条的选择不仅限于链条,也可以选择传动带如(V形带、齿形带)等其他传动原件,并将电动机451输出轴和减速器4224b输入轴上的链轮换为相应的带轮。It should be noted that the selection of the first transmission chain is not limited to the chain, but other transmission originals such as (V-belt, toothed belt) can also be selected, and the sprocket on the output shaft of the motor 451 and the reducer 4224b input shaft can be replaced. For the corresponding pulley.
如图32至35所示,传动系统480包括第二传动组件484,本实施例中的第二传动组件484为一个轴系,包括一根传动轴4841,本实施例中的传动轴4841通过轴承固定在支架460上,传动轴4841上安装有两个链轮即第一链轮4842和第二链轮4843,第一链轮4842通过第二传动链条483与减速器4224b的输出轴上的链轮相连接,减速器4224b输出轴通过第二传动链条483带动第一链轮4842、传动轴4841、第二链轮4843同步旋转。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the transmission system 480 includes a second transmission component 484. The second transmission component 484 in this embodiment is a shaft system including a transmission shaft 4841. The transmission shaft 4841 in this embodiment passes a bearing. It is fixed on the bracket 460. Two sprockets, namely a first sprocket 4842 and a second sprocket 4843, are mounted on the transmission shaft 4841. The first sprocket 4842 is connected to the output shaft of the reducer 4224b through the second transmission chain 483 and the chain on the output shaft of the reducer 4224b. The wheels are connected, and the output shaft of the reducer 4224b drives the first sprocket 4842, the transmission shaft 4841, and the second sprocket 4843 to rotate synchronously through the second transmission chain 483.
如图32至35所示,在支架460上安装有第一传感器491,在传动轴4841上安装有限位感应块4844,As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, a first sensor 491 is installed on the bracket 460, and a limit sensing block 4844 is installed on the transmission shaft 4841.
可选地,第一链轮可选择为链轮或带轮,第二传动链条483可选择为链条或传动带。Alternatively, the first sprocket may be selected as a sprocket or a pulley, and the second transmission chain 483 may be selected as a chain or a transmission belt.
可选地,第二链轮4843也可以选择为不带锯齿的圆轮,第三传动链条485固定在第二链轮4843上,即第三传动链条485不与第二链轮4843发生相对转动,第三传动链条485仅仅作为一种柔性绳索使用,本实施的第三传动链条485可以选择链条,也可以选择其他柔性绳索。Optionally, the second sprocket 4843 may also be selected as a round wheel without serrations. The third transmission chain 485 is fixed on the second sprocket 4843, that is, the third transmission chain 485 does not rotate relative to the second sprocket 4843. The third transmission chain 485 is only used as a flexible rope. The third transmission chain 485 of this implementation may be a chain or other flexible ropes.
如图32至35所示,传动系统480包括电磁组件486,本实施例的电磁组件486作为一种离合装置使用,控制传动系统动力传输的连接和断开。本实施例的电磁组件486包括电磁铁4861、衔铁4863和运动导轨4862,电磁铁4861和衔铁4362可以沿着导轨上下移动。当电磁铁4861通电时,电磁铁4861具有吸合力,在其靠近衔铁4863时会将衔铁4863与其吸附在一起,使电磁铁4861与衔铁4863一起沿着导轨同步上下运动。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the transmission system 480 includes an electromagnetic component 486. The electromagnetic component 486 of this embodiment is used as a clutch device to control the connection and disconnection of the power transmission of the transmission system. The electromagnetic component 486 of this embodiment includes an electromagnet 4861, an armature 4863, and a moving rail 4862. The electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4362 can move up and down along the rail. When the electromagnet 4861 is energized, the electromagnet 4861 has a suction force, and when it is close to the armature 4863, it will attract the armature 4863 together with it, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 move up and down along the guide rail simultaneously.
在本实施例中,电磁铁4861吸合力的大小可以通过输入的电流或电压的大小来调节,在本实施例中,当电磁铁4861与衔铁4863吸合的瞬间吸合力较大,以确保电磁铁4861与衔铁4863能够吸合牢固并可以同步运动;当在向上运动的过程中和/或到达稳定位置停止运动时,通过电磁铁4861的电流或电压会减小,采用此种设置方式的原因为:当阻拦装置420处于禁止通行的状态时,此时电磁铁4861与衔铁4863的吸合力较小,如果有非机动车强行闯过,可以将衔铁4863与电磁铁4861强制脱离,使翻转结构从与地面有夹角的状态变为平铺状态,即阻拦装置420从禁止通行状态变为允许通行状态,以此来防止由于冲击过大带来的非机动车驾驶员受伤和阻拦装置420破坏。In this embodiment, the magnitude of the attracting force of the electromagnet 4861 can be adjusted by the input current or voltage. In this embodiment, when the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are engaged, the instantaneous attracting force is large to ensure the electromagnetic force. The iron 4861 and the armature 4863 can be firmly engaged and can move synchronously; when the movement is stopped during the upward movement and / or the stable position is reached, the current or voltage through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. The reason for adopting this setting method For: when the blocking device 420 is in a state of prohibiting traffic, the suction force of the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 is small at this time. If a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 can be forcibly separated to make the flip structure Change from a state with an angle to the ground to a tiled state, that is, the blocking device 420 changes from a prohibited state to a permitted state, thereby preventing the non-motor vehicle driver from being injured and the blocking device 420 from being damaged due to excessive impact. .
如图32至35所示,在传动轴4841上固定安装有限位感应块4844,限位感应块4844与传动轴4841同步转动。在支架460上安装有第一传感器491,当限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,第一传感器491向控制系统490反馈信号,控制系统490根据此信号断开电动机451与电源的连接。当限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,电磁铁4861的位置位于运动导轨4862的最上方,在电磁铁4861与衔铁4863吸合并且一同运动到运动导轨最上方时,翻转结构423翻转至预设角度,当控制系统490断开电动机451与电源的连接时,翻转结构423停止翻转,这样,上述设置使得工作人员对翻转结构423的翻转角度的控制更加精确、准确,提升安全阻拦机构的运行可靠性。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, a limit position sensing block 4844 is fixedly installed on the transmission shaft 4841, and the limit position sensing block 4844 rotates synchronously with the transmission shaft 4841. A first sensor 491 is installed on the bracket 460. When the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal Connection to power. When the limit sensing block 4844 is rotated to the position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the position of the electromagnet 4861 is located at the uppermost position of the motion guide 4862, and when the electromagnet 4861 is engaged with the armature 4863 and moves to the top of the motion guide together, The flip structure 423 flips to a preset angle. When the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 from the power source, the flip structure 423 stops flipping. In this way, the above setting allows the worker to control the flip angle of the flip structure 423 more accurately and accurately. Improve the operational reliability of the safety blocking mechanism.
具体地,在翻转结构423翻转的过程中,第一传感器491能够对传动轴4841的翻转角度进行监测,进而对翻转结构423的角度进行监测,当翻转结构423的翻转角度等于或大于预设角度值时,即限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,第一传感器491向控制系统490发送信号,控制系统将电动机451与电源的连接断开,则电动机451停止转动,以使翻转结构423保持在该翻转角度上。Specifically, during the reversing process of the reversing structure 423, the first sensor 491 can monitor the reversing angle of the transmission shaft 4841, and then monitor the angle of the reversing structure 423. When the reversing angle of the reversing structure 423 is equal to or greater than a preset angle Value, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system disconnects the motor 451 from the power source, and the motor 451 stops rotating. The flip structure 423 is maintained at the flip angle.
如图32至35所示,电磁铁4861上安装有第二传感器492,衔铁4863上设置一伸出端4863Z,当第二传感器492与伸出端4863Z接触时,传感器会向控制系统发送信号,控制系统会根据收到的信号对电磁铁4861和/或电动机451发出控制信号。As shown in Figures 32 to 35, a second sensor 492 is installed on the electromagnet 4861, and an extension end 4863Z is provided on the armature 4863. When the second sensor 492 contacts the extension end 4863Z, the sensor sends a signal to the control system to control The system sends a control signal to the electromagnet 4861 and / or the motor 451 according to the received signal.
如图32至35所示,传动系统480包括驱动组件488,本实施例中的驱动组件为一个摇臂4381,摇臂4381与翻转结构423通过焊接连接在一起,摇臂4381与第四传动链条487通过铰接固定在一起,摇臂4381通过第四传动链条487与衔铁4863连接,当衔铁4863向上运动时,通过第四传动链条487带动摇臂4381转动。As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the transmission system 480 includes a driving component 488. The driving component in this embodiment is a rocker arm 4381. The rocker arm 4381 is connected to the flip structure 423 by welding. The rocker arm 4381 and the fourth transmission chain 487 is fixed together by hinge, and the rocker arm 4381 is connected to the armature 4863 through a fourth transmission chain 487. When the armature 4863 moves upward, the rocker arm 4381 is driven to rotate by the fourth transmission chain 487.
可选地,摇臂4381与翻转结构423可以通过其他紧固方式连接在一起,不仅限于焊接一种方式。Optionally, the rocker arm 4381 and the flip structure 423 may be connected together by other fastening methods, which is not limited to only one method of welding.
可选地,在摇臂4381上可以增加与支架460相连的弹簧,当翻转本体4232为平铺状态时,弹簧不受拉力;当翻转本体4232相对地面进行翻转时,摇臂4381旋转使弹簧拉伸。采用弹簧可以使当电磁铁断电时,翻转本体4232可以依靠自身重力和弹簧弹力共同作用下恢复至平铺状态。Optionally, a spring connected to the bracket 460 may be added to the rocker arm 4381. When the flip body 4232 is in a tiled state, the spring is not subject to tension; when the flip body 4232 is flipped relative to the ground, the rocker arm 4381 rotates to pull the spring Stretch. The spring can be used to make the flip body 4232 return to the tiled state under the combined action of its own gravity and spring force when the electromagnet is powered off.
需要说明的是,本实施例中第一传动链条482和第二传动链条483为闭合链条,通过与链轮或带轮的连接时动力可以通过传动链条传递,第三传动链条485和第四传动链条487为非闭合链条,其功能类似于柔性绳索或钢丝。It should be noted that in this embodiment, the first transmission chain 482 and the second transmission chain 483 are closed chains, and the power can be transmitted through the transmission chain through the connection with the sprocket or pulley. The third transmission chain 485 and the fourth transmission The chain 487 is a non-closed chain, and its function is similar to a flexible rope or steel wire.
在本实施例中,安全阻拦机构400的工作原理如下:In this embodiment, the working principle of the safety blocking mechanism 400 is as follows:
当道路禁止通行时,播放装置430发出语音提示(如现在红灯,禁止通行)。控制系统控制动力装置450通电,电动机451向第一方向旋转,通过第一传动组件481和第二传动组件484使电磁铁4861沿着运动导轨4862向下运动。当电磁铁4861上的第二传感器492触碰到衔铁4863上的伸出端4863Z时,第二传感器492向控制系统490发出信号,控制系统490控制电动机451断电停止转动。经过第一预设时间0至5秒后控制系统490控制电磁铁4861通电,使电磁铁4861与衔铁4863吸合,经过第二预设时间0至5秒后,控制系统490控制电动机通电并且使电动机451向第二方向旋转,带动电磁铁4861与衔铁4863 一起向上运动同时带动翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转。当翻转结构423转过指定角度时,即当限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,第一传感器491向控制系统490反馈信号,控制系统490根据此信号断开电动机451与电源的连接,电磁铁4861保持通电状态,从而使翻转结构423翻转到指定角度并保持。同时,显示装置410显示红灯和/或安全出行等宣传标语,从而达到警示和阻拦非机动车辆闯红灯的目的。When the road is forbidden to pass, the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt (for example, the red light now prohibits passage). The control system controls the power device 450 to be energized, the motor 451 rotates in the first direction, and the electromagnet 4861 moves downward along the moving guide rail 4862 through the first transmission component 481 and the second transmission component 484. When the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the extended end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when the power is turned off. After the first preset time 0 to 5 seconds, the control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted. After the second preset time 0 to 5 seconds, the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and enables The motor 451 rotates in the second direction, which drives the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 to move upward together and at the same time drives the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground. When the overturning structure 423 rotates through a specified angle, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal In connection with the power source, the electromagnet 4861 remains energized, thereby turning the flip structure 423 to a specified angle and maintaining it. At the same time, the display device 410 displays publicity slogans such as red lights and / or safe travel, so as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from passing through the red lights.
当电磁铁4861在向上运动的过程中和/或到达稳定位置停止运动时,通过电磁铁4861的电流或电压会减小,此时电磁铁44316的吸合力较小,当遇到非机动车辆在红灯时强行通过时,当冲击力大于吸合力时,衔铁4863与电磁铁4861会脱离,电磁铁4861保持在运动导轨4862上端,衔铁4863下落到运动导轨下端,与此同时翻转结构423在其自重和/或弹簧弹力的作用下反方向翻转,以使翻转本体4232翻转至平铺状态,既可以防止翻转结构423被破坏,也不会对闯红灯的非机动车辆造成损害。由于此时道路仍是禁止通行状态,在非机动车辆强行通过后控制系统490控制阻拦装置按照启动的流程再次启动,使翻转结构423再次翻转至预设位置。When the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. At this time, the attracting force of the electromagnet 44316 is relatively small. When the red light is forced to pass, when the impact force is greater than the attracting force, the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will disengage, the electromagnet 4861 remains on the upper end of the motion guide 4862, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the motion guide, while the flip structure 423 Under the effect of self-weight and / or spring force, the flip body 4232 is flipped to the tiled state, which can prevent the flip structure 423 from being damaged, and will not cause damage to non-motor vehicles running through red lights. Since the road is still in a prohibited state at this time, the control system 490 controls the blocking device to restart according to the startup process after the non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, so that the overturning structure 423 is overturned to the preset position again.
当道路允许通行时,控制系统控制电磁铁4861断电,翻转结构423恢复与地面平行的状态。When the road is allowed to pass, the control system controls the electromagnet 4861 to be powered off, and the flip structure 423 is restored to a state parallel to the ground.
本申请还提供了一种用于交通系统的安全保护方法,采用上述的安全阻拦机构,安全保护方法包括:This application also provides a security protection method for a traffic system. The security blocking mechanism described above is adopted. The security protection method includes:
步骤S1:判断道路通行状态;Step S1: determine the traffic status of the road;
步骤S2:Step S2:
当道路允许通行时,安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置420处于允许通行状态;When the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in the allowed state;
当道路禁止通行时,安全阻拦机构的阻拦装置420处于禁止通行状态,以避免非机动车辆通行。When the road is forbidden, the blocking device 420 of the safety blocking mechanism is in a forbidden state to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing.
具体地,当道路禁止通行时,则至少一部分阻拦装置420能够相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,以对非机动车辆进行拦截。这样,上述设置一方面能够对非机动车辆起到警示作用,提高非机动车辆的安全意识,还能够对非机动车辆进行拦截,避免非机动车辆强制通行,防止发生交通事故,进而解决了现有技术中交通系统中易发生非机动车辆闯红灯交通事故的问题。Specifically, when the road is forbidden, at least a part of the blocking device 420 can be flipped relative to the ground and disposed at an angle with the ground to intercept non-motor vehicles. In this way, the above-mentioned settings can not only serve as a warning to non-motor vehicles, improve the safety awareness of non-motor vehicles, but also intercept non-motor vehicles, avoid forced passage of non-motor vehicles, prevent traffic accidents, and solve the existing problems. The traffic system in the technology is prone to the problem of non-motor vehicles crossing the red light.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当道路禁止通行时,阻拦装置420的翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转,以对非机动车辆进行阻拦。这样,翻转结构423阻拦道路,以防止非机动车辆通行,避免非机动车辆闯红灯而引发交通事故。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the road is forbidden, the turning structure 423 of the blocking device 420 is turned relative to the ground to block non-motor vehicles. In this way, the overturning structure 423 blocks the road to prevent non-motorized vehicles from passing, and to avoid non-motorized vehicles running through red lights and causing traffic accidents.
在本实施例中,当道路禁止通行时,控制系统控制动力装置450通电,电动机451向第一方向旋转,通过第一传动组件和第二传动组件484使电磁铁4861沿着运动导轨4862向下运动。当电磁铁4861上的第二传感器492触碰到衔铁4863上的伸出端4863Z时,第二传感器492向控制系统490发出信号,控制系统490控制电动机451断电停止转动。经过第一预设时间0至5秒后控制系统490控制电磁铁4861通电,使电磁铁4861与衔铁4863吸合,经过第二预设时间0至5秒后,控制系统490控制电动机通电并且使电动机451向第二方向旋转,带动电磁铁4861与衔铁4863一起向上运动同时带动翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转。In the present embodiment, when the road is forbidden, the control system controls the power device 450 to be energized, the motor 451 rotates in the first direction, and the electromagnet 4861 is moved down the moving guide 4862 through the first transmission component and the second transmission component 484 motion. When the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the extended end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 sends a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when the power is turned off. After the first preset time 0 to 5 seconds, the control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted. After the second preset time 0 to 5 seconds, the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and enables The motor 451 rotates in the second direction, which drives the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 to move upward together and at the same time drives the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground.
在本实施例中,当限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,第一传感器491向控制系统490反馈信号,控制系统490根据此信号断开电动机451与电源的连接,电磁铁4861保持通电状态,从而使翻转结构423翻转到指定高度并保持。In this embodiment, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the connection between the motor 451 and the power source according to this signal. The electromagnet 4861 is kept energized, so that the flip structure 423 is flipped to a specified height and held.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当电磁铁4861在向上运动的过程中和/或到达稳定位置停止运动时,通过电磁铁4861的电流或电压会减小,此时电磁铁4861的吸合力较小,当遇到非机动车辆在红灯时强行通过时,当冲击力大于吸合力时,衔铁4863与电磁铁4861会脱离,电磁铁4861保持运动导轨上端,衔铁4863下落到运动导轨下端,与此同时翻转结构423在其自重和/或弹簧弹力外力的作用下反方向翻转,以使翻转本体4232翻转至平铺状态。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. The resultant force is small. When a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass at a red light, when the impact force is greater than the suction force, the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will detach. The electromagnet 4861 maintains the upper end of the moving rail, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the moving rail. At the same time, the flip structure 423 is flipped in the opposite direction under the effect of its own weight and / or the external force of the spring force, so that the flip body 4232 is flipped to a tiled state.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,当道路禁止通行时,安全阻拦机构的播放装置430播放语音以避免非机动车辆通行。In this embodiment, in step S2, when the road is prohibited from passing, the playback device 430 of the safety blocking mechanism plays a voice to prevent the non-motor vehicle from passing.
实施例十一Example 11
实施例十一中的安全阻拦机构与实施例十的区别在于:安全保护的工作步骤不同。The difference between the safety blocking mechanism in the eleventh embodiment and the tenth embodiment is that the working steps of the safety protection are different.
在本实施例中,电磁铁4861的初始位置位于运动导轨4862底部当道路禁止通行时,播放装置430发出语音提示(如现在红灯,禁止通行)。控制系统490控制电磁铁4861通电,使电磁铁4861与衔铁4863吸合,经过第二预设时间0至5秒后,控制系统490控制电动机通电并且使电动机451向第二方向旋转,带动电磁铁4861与衔铁4863一起向上运动同时带动翻转结构423相对于地面进行翻转。当翻转结构423转过指定角度时,即当限位感应块4844转动到第一传感器491正对的位置时,第一传感器491向控制系统490反馈信号,控制系统490根据此信号断开电动机451与电源的连接,电磁铁4861保持通电状态, 从而使翻转结构423翻转到指定角度并保持。同时,显示装置410显示红灯和/或安全出行等宣传标语,从而达到警示和阻拦非机动车辆闯红灯的目的。In this embodiment, the initial position of the electromagnet 4861 is located at the bottom of the motion guide 4862. When the road is forbidden to pass, the playback device 430 issues a voice prompt (for example, the red light is forbidden to pass). The control system 490 controls the electromagnet 4861 to be energized, so that the electromagnet 4861 and the armature 4863 are attracted. After a second preset time of 0 to 5 seconds, the control system 490 controls the motor to be energized and rotates the motor 451 in the second direction to drive the electromagnet. 4861 and the armature 4863 move upwards simultaneously and cause the flip structure 423 to flip relative to the ground. When the overturning structure 423 rotates through a specified angle, that is, when the limit sensing block 4844 rotates to a position directly opposite the first sensor 491, the first sensor 491 feeds back a signal to the control system 490, and the control system 490 disconnects the motor 451 according to this signal In connection with the power source, the electromagnet 4861 remains energized, thereby turning the flip structure 423 to a specified angle and maintaining it. At the same time, the display device 410 displays publicity slogans such as red lights and / or safe travel, so as to achieve the purpose of warning and blocking non-motor vehicles from passing through the red lights.
当电磁铁4861在向上运动的过程中和/或到达稳定位置停止运动时,通过电磁铁4861的电流或电压会减小,此时电磁铁44316的吸合力较小,当遇到非机动车辆在红灯时强行通过时,当冲击力大于吸合力时,衔铁4863与电磁铁4861会脱离,电磁铁4861保持在运动导轨4862上端,衔铁4863下落到运动导轨下端,与此同时翻转结构423在其自重和/或外力的作用下反方向翻转,以使翻转本体4421翻转至平铺状态,既可以防止翻转结构423被破坏,也不会对闯红灯的非机动车辆造成损害。由于此时道路仍是禁止通行状态,在非机动车辆强行通过后控制系统490控制阻拦装置按照启动的流程再次启动,使翻转结构423再次翻转至预设位置。When the electromagnet 4861 stops moving during the upward movement and / or reaches a stable position, the current or voltage passing through the electromagnet 4861 will decrease. At this time, the attracting force of the electromagnet 44316 is relatively small. When the red light is forced to pass, when the impact force is greater than the attracting force, the armature 4863 and the electromagnet 4861 will disengage, the electromagnet 4861 remains on the upper end of the motion guide 4862, and the armature 4863 drops to the lower end of the motion guide, while the flip structure 423 is on its side. Under the effect of self weight and / or external force, the flip body 4421 is flipped to the tiled state in the opposite direction, which can prevent the flip structure 423 from being damaged and cause damage to non-motor vehicles that run through the red light. Since the road is still in a prohibited state at this time, the control system 490 controls the blocking device to restart according to the startup process after the non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, so that the overturning structure 423 is overturned to the preset position again.
当道路允许通行时,控制系统控制电磁铁4861断电,翻转结构423恢复与地面平行的状态,与此同时,控制系统控制动力装置450通电,电动机451向第一方向旋转,通过第一传动组件481和第二传动组件484使电磁铁4861沿着运动导轨4862向下运动,当电磁铁4861上的第二传感器492触碰到衔铁4863上的伸出端4863Z时,第二传感器492向控制系统490发出信号,控制系统490控制电动机451断电停止转动。When the road is allowed to pass, the control system controls the electromagnet 4861 to power off, and the flip structure 423 returns to a state parallel to the ground. At the same time, the control system controls the power unit 450 to be energized, and the motor 451 to rotate in the first direction through the first transmission assembly. 481 and the second transmission assembly 484 make the electromagnet 4861 move down the moving guide rail 4862. When the second sensor 492 on the electromagnet 4861 touches the protruding end 4863Z on the armature 4863, the second sensor 492 moves to the control system. 490 sends out a signal, and the control system 490 controls the motor 451 to stop turning off when power is off.
实施例十二Embodiment 12
实施例十二中的交通系统与实施例一至十一的区别是:交通系统还包括非机动车道50,在交叉路口10设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的过街天桥200,在过街天桥200的两端设有运输机构190。The difference between the transportation system in Embodiment 12 and Embodiments 1 to 11 is that the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50, and a crossing bridge 200 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the downside non-motorized lane is provided at the intersection 10, and the overpass in the street A transport mechanism 190 is provided at both ends of the 200.
如图36和37所示,交通系统还包括非机动车道50,在交叉路口10设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的过街天桥200,在过街天桥200的两端设有运输机构190。As shown in FIGS. 36 and 37, the transportation system further includes a non-motorized lane 50. At the intersection 10, a crossover bridge 200 connecting the upside non-motorized lane and the downside non-motorized lane is provided, and transport mechanisms 190 are provided at both ends of the crossover bridge 200.
可选地,过街天桥200两端的运输机构190的数量可以为多个。Optionally, the number of the transport mechanisms 190 at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200 may be multiple.
可选地,运输机构190的位置可以安装在过街天桥200两端,过街天桥200两端同时可以加装步行梯。Optionally, the position of the transport mechanism 190 may be installed at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200, and a pedestrian ladder may be installed at both ends of the street crossing bridge 200 at the same time.
在本实施例中,运输机构190的具体结构如下:In this embodiment, the specific structure of the transport mechanism 190 is as follows:
如图38至图42所示,各运输机构190包括支架100、多个滑轮110、两个运输装置及驱动组件130。其中,多个滑轮110设置在支架100上。两个运输装置之间通过第一传动绳120相互连接,且第一传动绳120穿过至少一部分滑轮110,以将一个运输装置与支架100连接,各运输装置具有能够容纳行人及非机 动车辆的容纳腔。驱动组件130设置在支架100上,第二传动绳140绕设在一部分滑轮110上且将两个运输装置中的一个运输装置与驱动组件130连接,第三传动绳150绕设在另一部分滑轮110上且将两个运输装置中的一个运输装置与驱动组件130连接,驱动组件130具有第一工作状态和第二工作状态,当驱动组件130处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第二传动绳140,以使与第二传动绳140连接的运输装置下降;当驱动组件130处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第三传动绳150,以使与第三传动绳150连接的运输装置下降,其中,第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150分别与不同的运输装置连接。As shown in FIGS. 38 to 42, each transportation mechanism 190 includes a bracket 100, a plurality of pulleys 110, two transportation devices, and a driving assembly 130. The plurality of pulleys 110 are disposed on the bracket 100. The two transportation devices are connected to each other through a first transmission rope 120, and the first transmission rope 120 passes through at least a part of the pulley 110 to connect a transportation device with the bracket 100. Each transportation device has a capacity to accommodate pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles. Accommodating cavity. The driving assembly 130 is disposed on the bracket 100, the second transmission rope 140 is wound around a part of the pulley 110 and one of the two transportation devices is connected to the driving assembly 130, and the third transmission rope 150 is wound around the other part of the pulley 110 One of the two transportation devices is connected to the driving assembly 130. The driving assembly 130 has a first working state and a second working state. When the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission. Rope 140 to lower the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to make the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150 Lowering, wherein the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are respectively connected to different transportation devices.
具体地,当驱动组件130处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第二传动绳140,以使与第二传动绳140连接的至少一个运输装置进行升降,则另一个运输装置在该运输装置及第一传动绳120的拉动下进行与该运输装置运动方向相反的运动,以使两个运输装置的运动方向相反,则驱动组件130使得载有行人及非机动车辆的两个运输装置实现一个上升、另一个下降的动作;当驱动组件130处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第三传动绳150,以使与第三传动绳150连接的运输装置进行升降,则驱动结构能够对各运输装置均可实现驱动。Specifically, when the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission rope 140 to lift and lower at least one transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140, and then another transportation device is in the transportation device. And the first driving rope 120 is pulled to perform a movement opposite to the movement direction of the transportation device so that the movement directions of the two transportation devices are opposite, the driving assembly 130 enables the two transportation devices carrying the pedestrian and the non-motor vehicle to realize one Ascending, another descending action; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150, and the driving structure can The transport device can be driven.
与现有技术中需要曳引、拖动的方式相比,本实施例中的运输结构不仅降低了加工成本,且结构较为复杂,进而解决了现有技术中运输行人及非机动车辆的运输机构的成本高、结构复杂的问题。Compared with the methods that require traction and dragging in the prior art, the transport structure in this embodiment not only reduces the processing cost, but also has a more complex structure, thereby solving the transport mechanism for transporting pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the prior art. The problem of high cost and complicated structure.
在本实施例中,两个运输装置成为彼此的对重,节约能源。In this embodiment, the two transportation devices become counterweights to each other, saving energy.
在本实施例中,第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150为钢丝绳,且第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150分别为四根。In this embodiment, the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are steel wire ropes, and the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are respectively four.
如图33至图42所示,第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150的两端分别与驱动结构131和两个运输装置的下表面连接。具体地,第二传动绳140将一个运输装置的下端面与驱动组件130连接,第三传动绳150将另一个运输装置的下端面与驱动组件130连接,则驱动组件130在拉动传动绳时,能够使得相应的运输装置下降。As shown in FIGS. 33 to 42, both ends of the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are connected to the lower surfaces of the driving structure 131 and the two transportation devices, respectively. Specifically, the second transmission rope 140 connects the lower end surface of one transportation device with the driving component 130, and the third transmission rope 150 connects the lower end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component 130. When the driving component 130 pulls the transmission rope, The corresponding transport device can be lowered.
在附图中未示出的其他实施方式中,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第二传动绳,以使与第二传动绳连接的运输装置上升;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第三传动绳,以使与第三传动绳连接的运输装置上升。其中,第二传动绳将一个运输装置的上端面与驱动组件连接,第三传动绳将另一个运输装置的上端面与驱动组件连接。具体地,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,与第二传动绳连接的运输装置上升,则与该运输装置连接 的另一个运输装置下降;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,与第三传动绳连接的运输装置上升,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置下降,以使两个运输装置的运动方向相反,实现运输机构升降运输的功能。In other embodiments not shown in the drawings, when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope. Among them, the second transmission rope connects the upper end surface of one transportation device with the driving component, and the third transmission rope connects the upper end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component. Specifically, when the driving component is in the first working state, the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is raised, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is lowered; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third When the transport device connected to the transmission rope is raised, the other transport device connected to the transport device is lowered, so that the moving directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism for lifting and transporting is realized.
在附图中未示出的其他实施方式中,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第二传动绳,以使与第二传动绳连接的运输装置上升;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第三传动绳,以使与第三传动绳连接的运输装置下降。其中,第二传动绳将一个运输装置的上端面与驱动组件连接,第三传动绳将另一个运输装置的下端面与驱动组件连接。具体地,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,与第二传动绳连接的运输装置上升,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置下降;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,与第三传动绳连接的运输装置下降,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置上升,以使两个运输装置的运动方向相反,实现运输机构升降运输的功能。In other embodiments not shown in the drawings, when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope. Among them, the second transmission rope connects the upper end surface of one transportation device with the driving component, and the third transmission rope connects the lower end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component. Specifically, when the driving component is in the first working state, the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is raised, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is lowered; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third When the transport device connected to the transmission rope is lowered, the other transport device connected to the transport device is raised, so that the movement directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism to lift and transport is realized.
在附图中未示出的其他实施方式中,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第二传动绳,以使与第二传动绳连接的运输装置下降;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件拉动第三传动绳,以使与第三传动绳连接的运输装置上升。其中,第二传动绳将一个运输装置的下端面与驱动组件连接,第三传动绳将另一个运输装置的上端面与驱动组件连接。具体地,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,与第二传动绳连接的运输装置下降,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置上升;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,与第三传动绳连接的运输装置下降,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置上升,以使两个运输装置的运动方向相反,实现运输机构升降运输的功能。In other embodiments not shown in the drawings, when the driving component is in the first working state, the driving component pulls the second transmission rope to lower the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope; when the driving component is in the second In the working state, the driving assembly pulls the third transmission rope to raise the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope. Among them, the second transmission rope connects the lower end surface of one transportation device with the driving component, and the third transmission rope connects the upper end surface of the other transportation device with the driving component. Specifically, when the driving component is in the first working state, the transportation device connected to the second transmission rope is lowered, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device is rising; when the driving component is in the second working state, it is connected to the third When the transport device connected to the transmission rope is lowered, the other transport device connected to the transport device is raised, so that the movement directions of the two transport devices are opposite, and the function of the transport mechanism to lift and transport is realized.
需要说明的是,运输装置的个数不限于此。可选地,运输装置为四个、六个、八个或多个。It should be noted that the number of transport devices is not limited to this. Optionally, there are four, six, eight or more transport devices.
在本实施例中,两个运输装置的运动导轨平行且二者在升降过程中不会发生干涉、接触。In this embodiment, the moving guide rails of the two transportation devices are parallel and the two will not interfere or contact during the lifting process.
在本实施例中,一部分第一传动绳120将各运输装置的上表面连接在一起,另一部分第一传动绳120将各运输装置的下表面连接在一起。这样,上述连接方式保证一个运输装置上升时,与其连接的另一个运输装置下降,进而提升运输机构的运行可靠性。In this embodiment, a portion of the first transmission rope 120 connects the upper surfaces of the transportation devices together, and a portion of the first transmission rope 120 connects the lower surfaces of the transportation devices together. In this way, the above-mentioned connection mode ensures that when one transport device rises, another transport device connected to the transport device falls, thereby improving the operational reliability of the transport mechanism.
在本实施例中,运输装置为立方体结构。需要说明的是,运输装置的结构不限于此,可选地,运输装置为球体或椭圆体。In this embodiment, the transportation device has a cubic structure. It should be noted that the structure of the transportation device is not limited to this, and optionally, the transportation device is a sphere or an ellipsoid.
可选地,第一传动绳120包括多个第一子传动绳,各第一子传动绳的两端分别与至少一部分第一运输装置160和至少一部分第二运输装置170连接,且 各第一子传动绳绕设在至少一个滑轮110上。如图5所示,第一传动绳120包括八个第一子传动绳,两个运输装置的上表面使用四个第一子传动绳,两个运输装置的下表面使用四个第一子传动绳,且一个第一子传动绳的两端在两个运输装置上的连接点均位于运输装置的同一位置处或在该位置的预定范围内,以保证第一传动绳120能够将两个运输装置平稳地连接在一起,防止运输装置在升降过程中发生晃动或振动而影响行人的使用体验。Optionally, the first driving rope 120 includes a plurality of first sub-driving ropes, and two ends of each first sub-driving rope are respectively connected to at least a part of the first transport device 160 and at least a part of the second transport device 170, and each first The sub-driving rope is wound around at least one pulley 110. As shown in FIG. 5, the first driving rope 120 includes eight first sub-driving ropes, four first sub-driving ropes are used on the upper surfaces of the two transportation devices, and four first sub-drivings are used on the lower surfaces of the two transportation devices. Rope, and the connection points of the two ends of a first sub-drive rope on the two transport devices are located at the same position of the transport device or within a predetermined range of the position to ensure that the first drive rope 120 can transport the two transports The devices are smoothly connected together to prevent the shaking or vibration of the transportation device during the lifting process from affecting the pedestrian experience.
需要说明的是,第一子传动绳的个数不限于此。可选地,第一传动绳120包括四个或六个或十个第一子传动绳。这样,通过上述设置使得两个运输装置之间的连接更加稳固,进而提升运输机构的结构可靠性。It should be noted that the number of the first sub driving ropes is not limited to this. Optionally, the first driving rope 120 includes four or six or ten first sub-driving ropes. In this way, the above-mentioned arrangement makes the connection between the two transportation devices more stable, thereby improving the structural reliability of the transportation mechanism.
在本实施例中,驱动组件130包括一个驱动结构131,驱动结构131为双活塞杆式液压缸,其中一个活塞杆通过第二传动绳140拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降,另一个活塞杆通过第三传动绳150拉动至少一个运输装置进行升降。这样,双活塞杆式液压缸的两个活塞杆能够分别对两个运输装置进行控制,进而使得运输机构的结构更加简单,紧凑,降低了运输机构的加工成本。In this embodiment, the driving assembly 130 includes a driving structure 131. The driving structure 131 is a double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder. One of the piston rods pulls at least one transport device through the second transmission rope 140 for lifting, and the other piston rod The three driving ropes 150 pull at least one transport device for lifting. In this way, the two piston rods of the double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder can separately control the two transportation devices, thereby making the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and more compact, and reducing the processing cost of the transportation mechanism.
具体地,在通电后,油泵180驱动双活塞杆式液压缸,液压缸的活塞杆带动滑轮110进行水平方向的运动,通过第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150拉动第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170升降,安装在第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170各个顶角上的由三个滑轮110组成的滑轮组沿着支架100运动,对第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170的运动轨迹进行定位,可实现第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170竖直方向的运动,从而达到运输目的,解决非机动车过天桥费时费力的问题。Specifically, after the power is turned on, the oil pump 180 drives the double-piston rod hydraulic cylinder, and the piston rod of the hydraulic cylinder drives the pulley 110 to move horizontally, and the first transmission device 160 and the third transmission rope 150 are pulled by the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150. The second transportation device 170 moves up and down, and a pulley set composed of three pulleys 110 installed on each top corner of the first transportation device 160 and the second transportation device 170 moves along the bracket 100 to move the first transportation device 160 and the second transportation device. The positioning of the movement trajectory of 170 can realize the vertical movement of the first transport device 160 and the second transport device 170, thereby achieving the transportation purpose and solving the problem of time and effort of the non-motor vehicle crossing the overpass.
具体地,比如运输机构设置在天桥与地面之间,天桥上的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于上方的运输装置中,且该运输装置通过第二传动绳140与驱动组件130连接;地面上的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于下方的运输装置中,且该装置通过第三传动绳150与驱动组件130连接,驱动组件130处于第一工作状态,一个活塞杆拉动第二传动绳140,以使与第二传动绳140连接的运输装置下降,则与该运输装置连接的另一个运输装置在第一传动绳120的带动下上升,以将天桥上的行人及非机动车辆运输至地面上,将地面上的行人及非机动车辆运输至天桥上。这样,上述运输方式不仅效率高,且使得运输机构的结构更加简单,容易实现。当之前位于下方的运输装置在上升后需要重新下降时,驱动组件130处于第二工作状态,另一个活塞杆拉动第三传动绳150,以使与第三传动绳150连接的运输装置下降,重新回到地面上,以方便地面上的行人及非机动车辆再次被运输到天桥上。Specifically, for example, a transportation mechanism is disposed between the overpass and the ground, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the overpass enter a transportation device located above, and the transportation device is connected to the driving assembly 130 through the second transmission rope 140; Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles enter the transportation device located below, and the device is connected to the driving assembly 130 through the third driving rope 150. The driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, and a piston rod pulls the second driving rope 140 so that The transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140 descends, and the other transportation device connected to the transportation device 140 is driven up by the first transmission rope 120 to transport pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the overpass to the ground. Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground are transported to the overpass. In this way, the above-mentioned transportation mode is not only highly efficient, but also makes the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and easier to implement. When the previous transportation device needs to be lowered again after being raised, the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, and the other piston rod pulls the third transmission rope 150, so that the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150 is lowered and restarted. Return to the ground so that pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground can be transported to the flyover again.
需要说明的是,驱动结构131的类型不限于此。可选地,驱动结构131为电机。It should be noted that the type of the driving structure 131 is not limited to this. Optionally, the driving structure 131 is a motor.
如图33至图42所示,两个运输装置包括第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170,其中一个活塞杆通过第二传动绳140拉动第一运输装置160下降,另一个活塞杆通过第三传动绳150拉动第二运输装置170下降。上述结构的结构简单,容易实现。As shown in FIGS. 33 to 42, the two transportation devices include a first transportation device 160 and a second transportation device 170. One of the piston rods pulls the first transportation device 160 down through the second transmission rope 140, and the other piston rod passes the first transportation device 160. The three driving ropes 150 pull the second transportation device 170 to descend. The structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
具体地,比如运输机构设置在隧道与地面之间,隧道内的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于下方的第一运输装置160中,地面上的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于上方的第二运输装置170中,驱动组件130处于第二工作状态,另一个活塞杆拉动第三传动绳150,以使第二运输装置170下降,则与第二运输装置170连接的第一运输装置160在第一传动绳120的带动下上升,以将隧道内的行人及非机动车辆运输至地面上,将地面上的行人及非机动车辆运输至隧道内。这样,上述运输方式不仅效率高,且使得运输机构的结构更加简单,容易实现。当第一运输装置160需要重新下降时,驱动组件130处于第一工作状态,一个活塞杆拉动第二传动绳140,以使第一运输装置160下降,重新回到隧道内,以方便隧道内的行人及非机动车辆再次被运输到地面上。Specifically, for example, a transport mechanism is disposed between the tunnel and the ground. Pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the tunnel enter the first transportation device 160 located below, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground enter the second transportation located above. In the device 170, the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, and the other piston rod pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lower the second transportation device 170. Then, the first transportation device 160 connected to the second transportation device 170 is at the first Driven by the driving rope 120, the pedestrians and non-motor vehicles in the tunnel are transported to the ground, and the pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground are transported into the tunnel. In this way, the above-mentioned transportation mode is not only highly efficient, but also makes the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and easier to implement. When the first transport device 160 needs to be lowered again, the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, and a piston rod pulls the second transmission rope 140 to lower the first transport device 160 and return to the tunnel to facilitate the tunnel Pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles were transported to the ground again.
如图43所示,驱动组件130还包括安装支架132。其中,安装支架132与支架100通过紧固件连接,通过安装支架132将驱动结构131与支架100连接。这样,上述设置使得运输机构的结构更加紧凑,结构布局更加合理,也使得驱动结构131与支架100的安装或者拆卸更加容易、简便,降低工作人员的劳动强度。As shown in FIG. 43, the driving assembly 130 further includes a mounting bracket 132. The mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 are connected by fasteners, and the driving structure 131 and the bracket 100 are connected by the mounting bracket 132. In this way, the above arrangement makes the structure of the transport mechanism more compact and the structure layout more reasonable. It also makes the installation or removal of the driving structure 131 and the bracket 100 easier and simpler, and reduces the labor intensity of workers.
可选地,紧固件为螺钉或者螺栓。Optionally, the fastener is a screw or bolt.
需要说明的是,安装支架132与支架100的连接方式不限于此。可选地,安装支架132与支架100焊剂或铆接。上述连接方式使得安装支架132与支架100的连接更加稳固,延长运输机构的使用寿命。It should be noted that the connection manner between the mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 is not limited to this. Optionally, the mounting bracket 132 is soldered or riveted with the bracket 100. The above connection method makes the connection between the mounting bracket 132 and the bracket 100 more stable, and prolongs the service life of the transport mechanism.
如图43所示,驱动组件130还包括滑轮安装架133。其中,滑轮安装架133设置在安装支架132上,至少一部分滑轮110安装在滑轮安装架133上且能够随着驱动结构131运动,第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150绕设在该部分滑轮110上。具体地,安装在滑轮安装架133上的滑轮110为动滑轮,能够随着活塞杆运动,以对绕设在动滑轮上的第二传动绳140和第三传动绳150进行拉动,实现第一运输装置160和第二运输装置170的升降运动。As shown in FIG. 43, the driving assembly 130 further includes a pulley mounting bracket 133. The pulley mounting bracket 133 is disposed on the mounting bracket 132. At least a part of the pulley 110 is mounted on the pulley mounting bracket 133 and can move with the driving structure 131. The second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 are wound around the portion of the pulley. 110 on. Specifically, the pulley 110 installed on the pulley mounting bracket 133 is a movable pulley, and can move with the piston rod to pull the second transmission rope 140 and the third transmission rope 150 provided on the movable pulley to realize the first transportation device. The lifting movement of 160 and the second transportation device 170.
如图38所示,支架100包括多个连接管。其中,多个连接管紧固连接,以形成支架100。上述结构的结构简单,容易实现、加工,且使得支架100的安装 或者拆卸更加容易、简便。同时,此外,由于支架100的可拆装性,使得支架100的高度可调,适用范围更广,拆装方便,具有可移动性。As shown in FIG. 38, the bracket 100 includes a plurality of connecting pipes. Among them, a plurality of connecting pipes are fastened to form a bracket 100. The structure of the above structure is simple, easy to implement and process, and makes installation or removal of the bracket 100 easier and simpler. At the same time, in addition, due to the detachability of the bracket 100, the height of the bracket 100 can be adjusted, the range of application is wider, the disassembly and assembly is convenient, and it is movable.
需要说明的是,多个连接管的连接方式不限于此。可选地,多个连接管之间焊接或铆接或插接。It should be noted that the connection manner of the plurality of connection pipes is not limited to this. Optionally, a plurality of connecting pipes are welded or riveted or inserted.
如图38所示,运输机构还包括控制系统。其中,控制系统用于控制驱动结构131的运动方式,使得驱动结构131能够处于第一工作状态或第二工作状态,以实现运输装置的升降运动。具体地,当需要第一运输装置160下降时,控制系统控制驱动结构131的与第二传动绳140连接的活塞杆,使得该活塞杆回缩,以使第二传动绳140拉动第一运输装置160进行下降,则驱动组件130处于第一工作状态;当需要第二运输装置170下降时,控制系统控制驱动结构131的与第三传动绳150连接的活塞杆,使得该活塞杆回缩,以使第三传动绳150拉动第二运输装置170进行下降,则驱动组件130处于第二工作状态。As shown in FIG. 38, the transportation mechanism also includes a control system. The control system is used to control the movement mode of the driving structure 131, so that the driving structure 131 can be in the first working state or the second working state, so as to realize the lifting movement of the transportation device. Specifically, when the first transportation device 160 is required to descend, the control system controls the piston rod of the driving structure 131 connected to the second transmission rope 140, so that the piston rod is retracted, so that the second transmission rope 140 pulls the first transportation device When the 160 is lowered, the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state. When the second transportation device 170 is required to descend, the control system controls the piston rod of the driving structure 131 connected to the third transmission rope 150 to make the piston rod retract. When the third transmission rope 150 pulls the second transportation device 170 to descend, the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state.
本申请还提供了一种运输方式,采用上述的运输机构,运输方式包括:This application also provides a mode of transportation, using the above-mentioned transportation mechanism. The mode of transportation includes:
步骤S1:位于地面上的行人及非机动车辆进入至少一个运输装置内,位于隧道或天桥上的行人及非机动车辆进入至少一个运输装置内;Step S1: pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground enter at least one transport device, and pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on a tunnel or overpass enter at least one transport device;
步骤S2:驱动组件130驱动载有地面上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置进行上升或下降,与则载有地面上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置连接的载有隧道或天桥上的行人及非机动车辆的运输装置在运输机构的第一传动绳120的带动下进行上升或下降,以将地面上的行人及非机动车辆运输至隧道或天桥上。Step S2: The driving assembly 130 drives the transport device carrying pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground to ascend or descend, and is connected to the transport device carrying pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground and carrying pedestrians on the tunnel or overpass The transport device of the non-motor vehicle is raised or lowered by the first driving rope 120 of the transport mechanism, so as to transport pedestrians and non-motor vehicles on the ground to the tunnel or the overpass.
具体地,当驱动组件130处于第一工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第二传动绳140,以使与第二传动绳140连接的至少一个运输装置进行升降,则另一个运输装置在该运输装置及第一传动绳120的拉动下进行与该运输装置运动方向相反的运动,以使两个运输装置的运动方向相反,则驱动组件130使得载有行人及非机动车辆的两个运输装置实现一个上升、另一个下降的动作;当驱动组件130处于第二工作状态时,驱动组件130拉动第三传动绳150,以使与第三传动绳150连接的运输装置进行升降,则驱动结构能够对各运输装置均可实现驱动。Specifically, when the driving assembly 130 is in the first working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the second transmission rope 140 to lift and lower at least one transportation device connected to the second transmission rope 140, and then another transportation device is in the transportation device. And the first driving rope 120 is pulled to perform a movement opposite to the movement direction of the transportation device so that the movement directions of the two transportation devices are opposite, the driving assembly 130 enables the two transportation devices carrying the pedestrian and the non-motor vehicle to realize one Ascending, another descending action; when the driving assembly 130 is in the second working state, the driving assembly 130 pulls the third transmission rope 150 to lift and lower the transportation device connected to the third transmission rope 150, and the driving structure can The transport device can be driven.
在本实施例中,在步骤S2中,运输机构的控制系统能够对驱动组件130的驱动结构131的工作状态进行控制,当运输装置运动到地面或隧道地面或天桥上时,控制系统控制驱动结构131停止运行,以使运输装置不再运动。In this embodiment, in step S2, the control system of the transportation mechanism can control the working state of the driving structure 131 of the driving assembly 130, and the control system controls the driving structure when the transportation device moves to the ground or tunnel ground or overpass. 131 Stops operation so that the transport device no longer moves.
实施例十三Example 13
实施例十三中的运输机构与实施例十二的区别在于:驱动组件130的结构不同。The difference between the transport mechanism in the thirteenth embodiment and the twelfth embodiment is that the structure of the driving assembly 130 is different.
在本实施例中,驱动组件包括两个驱动结构,且两个驱动结构与两个运输装置一一对应地设置,当驱动组件处于第一工作状态时,一个驱动结构通过第二传动绳拉动另一个运输装置进行升降;当驱动组件处于第二工作状态时,一个驱动结构通过第三传动绳拉动另一个运输装置进行升降。这样,两个驱动结构分别对两个运输装置进行控制,进而使得运输机构的结构更加简单,紧凑,降低了运输机构的加工成本。In this embodiment, the driving assembly includes two driving structures, and the two driving structures are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the two transportation devices. When the driving assembly is in the first working state, one driving structure pulls the other through a second transmission rope. One transportation device performs lifting; when the driving assembly is in the second working state, one driving structure pulls another transportation device through the third transmission rope to perform lifting. In this way, the two driving structures control the two transport devices respectively, thereby making the structure of the transport mechanism simpler and more compact, and reducing the processing cost of the transport mechanism.
在本实施例中,两个运输装置包括第一运输装置和第二运输装置,且第一运输装置和第二运输装置的升降方向相互平行。其中一个驱动结构通过第二传动绳拉动第一运输装置下降,另一个驱动结构通过第三传动绳拉动第二运输装置下降。上述结构的结构简单,容易实现。In this embodiment, the two transportation devices include a first transportation device and a second transportation device, and the lifting directions of the first transportation device and the second transportation device are parallel to each other. One of the driving structures pulls the first transportation device down through the second transmission rope, and the other driving structure pulls the second transportation device down through the third transmission rope. The structure of the above structure is simple and easy to implement.
在本实施例中,两个驱动结构包括第一驱动结构和第二驱动结构,第一驱动结构通过第二传动绳与第一运输装置连接,第二驱动结构通过第三传动绳与第二运输装置连接,当第一驱动结构拉动第一运输装置下降时,第二运输装置在第一传动绳的拉动下上升。这样,控制系统能够对第一驱动结构和第二驱动结构分别控制,以实现驱动结构对第一运输装置和第二运输装置的分别控制,使得工作人员对运输机构的操作更加容易。In this embodiment, the two driving structures include a first driving structure and a second driving structure. The first driving structure is connected to the first transportation device through a second transmission rope, and the second driving structure is connected to the second transportation through a third transmission rope. The device is connected. When the first driving structure pulls the first transport device to descend, the second transport device rises under the pull of the first transmission rope. In this way, the control system can control the first driving structure and the second driving structure separately, so as to achieve the control of the driving structure to the first transport device and the second transport device, respectively, so that the operation of the transport mechanism by the staff is easier.
具体地,比如运输机构设置在隧道与地面之间,隧道内的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于下方的第一运输装置中,地面上的行人及非机动车辆进入至位于上方的第二运输装置中,驱动组件处于第二工作状态,第二驱动结构拉动第三传动绳,以使第二运输装置下降,则与第二运输装置连接的第一运输装置在第一传动绳的带动下上升,以将隧道内的行人及非机动车辆运输至地面上,将地面上的行人及非机动车辆运输至隧道内。这样,上述运输方式不仅效率高,且使得运输机构的结构更加简单,容易实现。当第一运输装置需要重新下降时,驱动组件处于第一工作状态,第一驱动结构拉动第二传动绳,以使第一运输装置下降,重新回到隧道内,以方便隧道内的行人及非机动车辆再次被运输到地面上。Specifically, for example, a transport mechanism is disposed between the tunnel and the ground, and pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles in the tunnel enter the first transportation device located below, and pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground enter the second transportation device located above. In the drive assembly is in the second working state, the second drive structure pulls the third transmission rope to lower the second transportation device, and the first transportation device connected to the second transportation device rises under the driving of the first transmission rope. To transport pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles in the tunnel to the ground and pedestrians and non-motorized vehicles on the ground to the tunnel. In this way, the above-mentioned transportation mode is not only highly efficient, but also makes the structure of the transportation mechanism simpler and easier to implement. When the first transport device needs to be lowered again, the driving assembly is in the first working state, and the first driving structure pulls the second transmission rope to lower the first transport device and return to the tunnel to facilitate pedestrians and non-tunnels in the tunnel. The motor vehicle was transported to the ground again.
可选地,两个驱动结构为液压缸。Optionally, the two driving structures are hydraulic cylinders.
从以上的描述中,可以看出,本发明上述的实施例实现了如下技术效果:From the above description, it can be seen that the foregoing embodiments of the present invention achieve the following technical effects:
左转上行车辆依次通过第一左转上行车道及第二左转上行车道后行驶至与道路顺时针方向的相邻道路上,直行车辆通过直行上行车道行驶至对面的道路上,则直行上行车道与第一左转上行车道的路线没有交叉,可以同时通行,进 而缩短了左转上行车辆的等待时间,避免左转上行车道发生拥堵而影响平面交通系统的通行效率,并且通过安全阻拦装置或过街天桥减少甚至消除了非机动车对机动车行驶的干扰,进而解决了现有技术中交叉路口的堵车较为严重,影响交通系统通行效率的问题。The left-turning upward vehicle passes the first left-turning upward lane and the second left-turning upward lane in sequence, and then drives on the adjacent road clockwise to the road. The straight-through vehicle travels through the straight-up lane to the opposite road, then the straight-up lane There is no intersection with the first left-turn up lane, and they can pass at the same time, which shortens the waiting time of left-turn up lanes, avoids congestion on the left-turn up lane, and affects the traffic efficiency of the plane transportation system. Reducing or even eliminating the interference of non-motor vehicles on the driving of motor vehicles, thereby solving the problem of serious traffic jams at intersections in the prior art, which affects the efficiency of traffic systems.
本发明的设计理念可用于丁字路口或五路交叉口。The design concept of the present invention can be applied to a T-junction or a five-way intersection.
本发明的设计理念用于机动车靠右行驶的国家,如中国等,也用于机动车靠左行驶的国家,如日本、英国等。The design concept of the present invention is used in countries where the motor vehicle is driving to the right, such as China, and also used in countries where the motor vehicle is driving to the left, such as Japan and the United Kingdom.
显然,上述所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应当属于本发明保护的范围。Obviously, the embodiments described above are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all the embodiments. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts should fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
需要注意的是,这里所使用的术语仅是为了描述具体实施方式,而非意图限制根据本申请的示例性实施方式。如在这里所使用的,除非上下文另外明确指出,否则单数形式也意图包括复数形式,此外,还应当理解的是,当在本说明书中使用术语“包含”和/或“包括”时,其指明存在特征、步骤、工作、器件、组件和/或它们的组合。It should be noted that the terminology used herein is only for describing specific embodiments and is not intended to limit the exemplary embodiments according to the present application. As used herein, the singular forms are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, and it should also be understood that when the terms "including" and / or "including" are used in this specification, they indicate There are features, steps, jobs, devices, components, and / or combinations thereof.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本申请的实施方式能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。It should be noted that the terms “first” and “second” in the specification and claims of the present application and the above drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application described herein can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本发明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。The above descriptions are merely preferred embodiments of the present invention and are not intended to limit the present invention. For those skilled in the art, the present invention may have various modifications and changes. Any modification, equivalent replacement, or improvement made within the spirit and principle of the present invention shall be included in the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (12)

  1. 一种交通系统,包括相互交叉的道路,在道路交叉处通过设置停止线将道路交叉处分为交叉路口(10)和交叉路口外道路,交叉路口外道路用分道线至少分为直行上行车道和直行下行车道,在交叉路口(10)的上方设置有交通信号灯,其特征在于,在距离直行上行车道的停止线预设距离处的交叉路口外道路上设有调整区(20),将直行上行车道相邻的交叉路口外道路的最外侧至少一条车道设为左转上行车道(312),在调整区(20)内设有左转导引线,在调整区(20)处设有第一左转交通信号灯(711)。A traffic system includes roads that cross each other. Road stops are divided into intersections (10) and roads outside intersections by setting stop lines at road intersections. Roads outside the intersection are divided at least into straight upward lanes and The straight down lane is provided with a traffic signal above the intersection (10), which is characterized in that an adjustment zone (20) is provided on the road outside the intersection at a preset distance from the stop line of the straight up lane and will go straight up At least one lane on the outermost side of the road outside the adjacent intersection of the lanes is set as a left turn up lane (312), a left turn guide line is provided in the adjustment area (20), and a first place is provided in the adjustment area (20) Turn left at the traffic light (711).
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,所述的交通信号灯包括直行交通信号灯和第二左转交通信号灯(712)。The traffic system according to claim 1, wherein the traffic signal light comprises a straight traffic signal light and a second left-turn traffic signal light (712).
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,调整区(20)将上行车道分成调整区前段和调整区后段,将调整区后段的最内侧至少一条车道设为第一左转上行车道(311),所述的左转上行车道(312)为第二左转上行车道,所述的左转导引线起于第一左转上行车道(311)的出口止于第二左转上行车道(312),在调整区(20)的上方上行车道一侧设有第一直行信号灯(421),设于交叉路口(10)上方的直行信号灯为第二直行信号灯(422),在调整区(20)的上方下行车道一侧设有第三直行信号灯(723)。The traffic system according to claim 2, characterized in that the adjustment zone (20) divides the up lane into the front section of the adjustment zone and the rear section of the adjustment zone, and sets at least one lane on the innermost side of the rear section of the adjustment zone as the first left Turn up lane (311), the left turn up lane (312) is the second left turn up lane, and the left turn guidance line starts at the exit of the first left turn up lane (311) and stops at the second Turn left on the up lane (312), and set the first straight traffic light (421) on the side of the up lane above the adjustment area (20). The straight traffic light above the intersection (10) is the second straight traffic light (422). A third straight traffic signal (723) is provided on the side of the down lane above the adjustment area (20).
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,将上行车道的调整区后段的外侧至少一条车道设为右转车道或右转直行车道(36)。The traffic system according to claim 3, characterized in that at least one lane outside the rear section of the adjustment zone of the up lane is set as a right-turn lane or a right-turn straight lane (36).
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,还包括非机动车道(50),在交叉路口(10)设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道(51),在上行非机动车道(50)的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构(400)。The traffic system according to claim 1, further comprising a non-motorized lane (50), and an auxiliary lane (51) at an intersection (10) connecting the up non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane is provided. A safety blocking mechanism (400) is provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorized lane (50).
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,还包括非机动车道(50),在交叉路口(10)设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的辅助车道(51),辅助车道(51)包括人行横道和非机动车集中通过道(用非机,在上行非机动车道(50)的停止线处设有安全阻拦机构Ⅰ(900),在辅助车道(51)的两端设有安全阻拦机构Ⅱ(900),在非机动车道(50)的上行停止线处设有非机动车第一信号灯(761),在非机动车集中通过道上行停止线处设有非机动车第二信号灯(762)。The traffic system according to claim 1, further comprising a non-motorized lane (50), and an auxiliary lane (51) at an intersection (10) connecting the up non-motorized lane and the down non-motorized lane is provided. The auxiliary lane (51) includes a pedestrian crossing and a non-motorized vehicle passing lane (with a non-motor, a safety blocking mechanism I (900) is provided at the stop line of the uphill non-motorized lane (50), and two lanes of the auxiliary lane (51) There is a safety blocking mechanism Ⅱ (900) at the end, a non-motor vehicle first signal light (761) at the up-stop line of the non-motorized lane (50), and a non-machine at the up-stop line of the non-motorized vehicle concentration passage. Moving car second signal light (762).
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,将下行车道(331)最内侧的一条车道作为掉头车道(38),在调整区(20)处设有掉头信号灯(73),A traffic system according to claim 4, characterized in that the innermost lane of the down lane (331) is used as a U-turn lane (38), and a U-turn signal light (73) is provided at the adjustment area (20),
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,还包括信号灯控制系统,所述信号控制系统控制的信号灯组包括:The traffic system according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a signal light control system, and the signal light group controlled by the signal control system includes:
    第一左转信号灯(711),设置在所述调整区(20),用于指示行驶于第一左转上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A first left-turn signal lamp (711), which is disposed in the adjustment area (20) and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle driving in a first left-turn lane;
    第二左转信号灯(712),设置在所述交叉路口(10),用于指示行驶于第二左转上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A second left turn signal light (712), which is arranged at the intersection (10) and is used to indicate the driving state of a vehicle driving on the second left turn up lane;
    第一直行信号灯(721),设置在所述调整区(20),用于指示行驶于第一直行上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;The first straight signal light (721) is provided in the adjustment area (20), and is used to indicate the driving state of the vehicle traveling on the first straight upward lane;
    第二直行信号灯(722),设置在所述交叉路口(10),用于指示行驶于第二直行上行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A second straight traffic signal lamp (722), which is arranged at the intersection (10) and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on the second straight traffic lane;
    第三直行信号灯(723),设置在所述调整区(20),用于指示行驶于第一直行下行车道的车辆的行驶状态;A third straight-moving signal lamp (723), which is arranged in the adjustment area (20) and is used to indicate a driving state of a vehicle traveling on a first straight-down lane;
    调头信号灯(74),用于指示行驶于掉头车道的车辆的行驶状态;U-turn signal light (74), which is used to indicate the driving status of the vehicle in the U-turn lane;
    非机动车第一信号灯(761),用于指示行驶于非机动车道(50)的非机动 车辆的行驶状态;The first non-motor vehicle signal light (761) is used to indicate the driving state of the non-motor vehicle driving in the non-motor vehicle lane (50);
    非机动车第二信号灯(762),用于指示行驶于辅助通道(51)的非机动车辆的行驶状态。The second non-motor vehicle signal light (762) is used to indicate the driving state of the non-motor vehicle traveling on the auxiliary passage (51).
  9. 根据权利要求5或6所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,所述安全阻拦机构(400)包括:The traffic system according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the safety blocking mechanism (400) comprises:
    显示装置(410),所述显示装置(410)具有第一显示状态和第二显示状态,当所述显示装置(410)处于所述第一显示状态时,所述非机动车道(50)和/或所述辅助通道(51)处于通行状态;当所述显示装置(410)处于所述第二显示状态时,所述非机动车道(50)和/或所述辅助通道(51)处于非通行状态;A display device (410), the display device (410) having a first display state and a second display state, when the display device (410) is in the first display state, the non-motorized lane (50) and / Or the auxiliary channel (51) is in a traffic state; when the display device (410) is in the second display state, the non-motor vehicle lane (50) and / or the auxiliary channel (51) is in a non-passing state Traffic status
    阻拦装置(420),具有通行位置及阻拦位置,当所述显示装置(410)处于所述第一显示状态时,所述阻拦装置(420)处于所述通行位置;当所述显示装置(410)处于所述第二显示状态时,至少一部分所述阻拦装置(420)相对于地面进行翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,所述阻拦装置(420)处于所述阻拦位置,以避免行人及非机动车辆通行。The blocking device (420) has a passing position and a blocking position. When the display device (410) is in the first display state, the blocking device (420) is in the passing position; when the display device (410) ) In the second display state, at least a part of the blocking device (420) is flipped relative to the ground and is arranged at an angle with the ground, and the blocking device (420) is in the blocking position to avoid pedestrians and Non-motor vehicle traffic.
  10. 根据权利要求5或6所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,所述的安全阻拦机构(400)至少包括:动力装置(450),用于为所述安全阻拦机构的运行提供动力;The traffic system according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the safety blocking mechanism (400) at least comprises: a power device (450) for providing power for the operation of the safety blocking mechanism;
    阻拦装置(420),当道路允许通行时,所述阻拦装置(420)处于所述通行状态;当道路禁止通行时,至少一部分所述阻拦装置(420)在动力装置(450)和传动系统(480)的牵引下相对于地平面向上翻转,且与地面呈夹角设置,所述阻拦装置(420)处于所述阻拦状态,以避免非机动车辆通行;A blocking device (420), when the road is allowed to pass, the blocking device (420) is in the passing state; when the road is forbidden, at least a part of the blocking device (420) is in the power unit (450) and the transmission system ( 480) is turned up relative to the ground plane under the traction, and is arranged at an angle with the ground, and the blocking device (420) is in the blocking state to avoid the passage of non-motorized vehicles;
    传动系统(480),用于切断或传递动力装置(450)所提供的动力;A transmission system (480) for cutting off or transmitting the power provided by the power unit (450);
    控制系统,与所述动力装置(450)和/或离合装置电连接,用于检测外部信息并且通过电信号控制所述动力装置(450)和/或所述传动系统(480)来控制和调整所述阻拦装置(420)的运行状态;A control system, which is electrically connected to the power unit (450) and / or the clutch device, and is configured to detect external information and control and adjust the power unit (450) and / or the transmission system (480) through electrical signals The operating state of the blocking device (420);
    其中,当所述阻拦装置(420)处于所述阻拦位置时,如果遇到非机动车强行通过时,所述控制系统会调整所述阻拦装置(420)的运行状态,防止非机动车驾驶员受伤和/或所述安全阻拦机构被破坏。Wherein, when the blocking device (420) is in the blocking position, if a non-motor vehicle is forced to pass, the control system will adjust the operating state of the blocking device (420) to prevent the non-motor vehicle driver. Injuries and / or damage to the safety blocking mechanism.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,还包括非机动车道(50),在交叉路口(10)设有将上行非机动车道和下行非机动车道连通的过街天桥(200),在过街天桥(200)的两端设有对人和/或物品进行升降的运输机构(190)。The traffic system according to claim 1, further comprising a non-motorized lane (50), and a crossing bridge (200) at an intersection (10) is provided to connect the ascending non-motorized lane and the descending non-motorized lane, A transport mechanism (190) for lifting people and / or articles is provided at both ends of the overpass (200).
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的一种交通系统,其特征在于,所述的运输机构(190)包括:The transportation system according to claim 11, wherein the transportation mechanism (190) comprises:
    支架(100);Bracket (100);
    多个滑轮(110),设置在所述支架(100)上;A plurality of pulleys (110) arranged on the bracket (100);
    至少两个运输装置,至少两个运输装置之间通过第一传动绳(120)相互连接,且所述第一传动绳(120)穿过至少一部分所述滑轮(110),以将至少一个所述运输装置与所述支架(100)连接,各所述运输装置具有能够容纳行人及非机动车辆的容纳腔;At least two transportation devices, at least two transportation devices are connected to each other through a first transmission rope (120), and the first transmission rope (120) passes through at least a part of the pulley (110) to transfer at least one The transportation device is connected to the bracket (100), and each of the transportation devices has a receiving cavity capable of receiving pedestrians and non-motor vehicles;
    驱动组件(130),设置在所述支架(100)上,第二传动绳(140)绕设在至少一部分所述滑轮(110)上且将所述至少两个运输装置中的至少一个运输装置与所述驱动组件(130)连接,第三传动绳(150)绕设在至少一部分所述滑轮(110)上且将所述至少两个运输装置中的至少一个运输装置与所述驱动组件(130)连接,所述驱动组件(130)具有第一工作状态和第二工作状态,当所 述驱动组件(130)处于所述第一工作状态时,所述驱动组件(130)拉动所述第二传动绳(140),以使与所述第二传动绳(140)连接的运输装置进行升降;当所述驱动组件(130)处于所述第二工作状态时,所述驱动组件(130)拉动所述第三传动绳(150),以使与所述第三传动绳(150)连接的运输装置进行升降,其中,所述第二传动绳(140)和所述第三传动绳(150)分别与不同的运输装置连接。A driving assembly (130) is disposed on the bracket (100), a second transmission rope (140) is wound on at least a part of the pulley (110) and at least one of the at least two transportation devices is transported Connected to the driving assembly (130), a third transmission rope (150) is wound around at least a part of the pulley (110) and connects at least one of the at least two transporting devices to the driving assembly ( 130) connection, the driving assembly (130) has a first working state and a second working state, and when the driving assembly (130) is in the first working state, the driving assembly (130) pulls the first Two driving ropes (140) for lifting and lowering the transportation device connected to the second driving rope (140); when the driving assembly (130) is in the second working state, the driving assembly (130) Pulling the third transmission rope (150) to lift the transport device connected to the third transmission rope (150), wherein the second transmission rope (140) and the third transmission rope (150) ) Respectively connected to different transport devices.
PCT/CN2019/091918 2018-06-20 2019-06-19 Traffic system WO2019242651A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810639799.7 2018-06-20
CN201810639799.7A CN110616607A (en) 2018-06-20 2018-06-20 Plane traffic system and urban traffic system with same
CN201810639452.2A CN110616605A (en) 2018-06-20 2018-06-20 Three-dimensional traffic system and urban traffic system with same
CN201810639452.2 2018-06-20
CN201910092669.0 2019-01-30
CN201910092664.8 2019-01-30
CN201910092669.0A CN111501448A (en) 2019-01-30 2019-01-30 Novel separated traffic system and urban traffic system with same
CN201910092664 2019-01-30
CN201910093833.X 2019-01-30
CN201910092665.2A CN111501447A (en) 2019-01-30 2019-01-30 Novel traffic system and urban traffic system with same
CN201910092665.2 2019-01-30
CN201910093833 2019-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019242651A1 true WO2019242651A1 (en) 2019-12-26

Family

ID=68982716

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/091918 WO2019242651A1 (en) 2018-06-20 2019-06-19 Traffic system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019242651A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112376340A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-02-19 吉林大学 Design method for left-turn intersection guide line and left-turn stop line

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20020012671A (en) * 2000-08-08 2002-02-20 염병대 The variable and dynamic lane assignment for left-turn at the intersection
JP2005256578A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-22 Takuya Ono Urban type non-signal grade-separated road crossing using hierarchy roads on three levels
CN102051845A (en) * 2009-11-05 2011-05-11 胡昌碰 Flat intersection left turn entrance lane removing method and method for driving on flat intersection left turn entrance lane
CN103898818A (en) * 2013-04-26 2014-07-02 赵仁宝 Road traffic marking system
US20150078820A1 (en) * 2013-09-16 2015-03-19 Phillip Jon Brown Flow Boulevard; continuous flowing traffic on interrupted urban streets
CN105825686A (en) * 2016-03-29 2016-08-03 河南城建学院 Passing control method for left turn in advance at road intersection section
CN107293128A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 刘国杰 Big flow level-crossing complex control system
CN107447608A (en) * 2017-08-01 2017-12-08 卢辉忠 A kind of array type separation law of conflict for improving the urban intersection traffic capacity
CN206956479U (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-02-02 姚华军 A kind of Novel overpass
CN107740316A (en) * 2017-10-19 2018-02-27 彭枫栋 Fence type road
CN208594446U (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-03-12 周立新 Planar traffic system and Traffic Systems with it
CN208594445U (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-03-12 周立新 Grade separation traffic system and Traffic Systems with it

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20020012671A (en) * 2000-08-08 2002-02-20 염병대 The variable and dynamic lane assignment for left-turn at the intersection
JP2005256578A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-22 Takuya Ono Urban type non-signal grade-separated road crossing using hierarchy roads on three levels
CN102051845A (en) * 2009-11-05 2011-05-11 胡昌碰 Flat intersection left turn entrance lane removing method and method for driving on flat intersection left turn entrance lane
CN103898818A (en) * 2013-04-26 2014-07-02 赵仁宝 Road traffic marking system
US20150078820A1 (en) * 2013-09-16 2015-03-19 Phillip Jon Brown Flow Boulevard; continuous flowing traffic on interrupted urban streets
CN105825686A (en) * 2016-03-29 2016-08-03 河南城建学院 Passing control method for left turn in advance at road intersection section
CN107293128A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 刘国杰 Big flow level-crossing complex control system
CN206956479U (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-02-02 姚华军 A kind of Novel overpass
CN107447608A (en) * 2017-08-01 2017-12-08 卢辉忠 A kind of array type separation law of conflict for improving the urban intersection traffic capacity
CN107740316A (en) * 2017-10-19 2018-02-27 彭枫栋 Fence type road
CN208594446U (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-03-12 周立新 Planar traffic system and Traffic Systems with it
CN208594445U (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-03-12 周立新 Grade separation traffic system and Traffic Systems with it

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112376340A (en) * 2020-12-03 2021-02-19 吉林大学 Design method for left-turn intersection guide line and left-turn stop line

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR100777657B1 (en) A safety equipment for pedestrian
US10202259B2 (en) Vertical and horizontal movement system
KR101559260B1 (en) Height adjustable warning lamp mounting structure
CN207123947U (en) A kind of drag chain type highway signs lamp mounting bracket
WO2019242651A1 (en) Traffic system
CN208594445U (en) Grade separation traffic system and Traffic Systems with it
KR100722868B1 (en) Safety equipment for pedestrian
US5836423A (en) People mover system
KR200400235Y1 (en) A Safety equipment for pedestrian
KR102052407B1 (en) Smart elevate type warninig light apparatus
JPH06187592A (en) Traffic control robot and traffic control method using the same
KR20190061602A (en) Smart guiding system for vehicle control
ES2390878T3 (en) Conveyor
CN210946587U (en) Safety barrier mechanism for traffic system
KR102198994B1 (en) Foldable Light Emitting Diode Display Panel
CN209907131U (en) Automatic pedestrian crossing device
JP3242084B2 (en) Chain gate
CN110629612A (en) Traffic system
KR20180093627A (en) Elevate type warninig light apparatus and drone system using the warninig light apparatus
CN110616605A (en) Three-dimensional traffic system and urban traffic system with same
CN110629611A (en) Traffic system
JPH09137409A (en) Ramp bridge type highway grade separation facility
CN210177386U (en) Intelligent deceleration strip of municipal works road
KR101580064B1 (en) Height adjustable warning lamp mounting structure
KR102170319B1 (en) Street light apparatus and road lighting control system for controlling thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19823374

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19823374

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1